summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/40520-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '40520-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--40520-0.txt7837
1 files changed, 7837 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/40520-0.txt b/40520-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ec186e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/40520-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7837 @@
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40520 ***
+
+ THE SOUL STEALER
+
+ BY C. RANGER-GULL
+
+ Author of "The Serf," "The Harvest of Love," "The Price of Pity,"
+ "A Story of the Stage," etc., etc.
+
+ LONDON
+ F. V. WHITE & Co., Limited
+ 14, BEDFORD STREET, STRAND, W.C.
+ 1906
+
+ RICHARD CLAY & SONS, LIMITED
+
+ BREAD STREET HILL, E.C., AND
+ BUNGAY, SUFFOLK.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+ CHAP. PAGE
+
+ I. MR. EUSTACE CHARLIEWOOD, MAN ABOUT TOWN 1
+
+ II. UNEXPECTED ENTRANCE OF TWO LADIES 19
+
+ III. NEWS OF A REVOLUTION 31
+
+ IV. THE SECOND LOVER ARRIVES 50
+
+ V. A CONSPIRACY OF SCIENTISTS 60
+
+ VI. "WILL YOU WALK INTO MY PARLOUR?" 70
+
+ VII. ENGLAND'S GREAT SENSATION 89
+
+ VIII. THE CHIVALROUS BARONET 100
+
+ IX. GRATITUDE OF MISS MARJORIE POOLE 109
+
+ X. A MAN ABOUT TOWN PAYS A DEBT 120
+
+ XI. BEEF TEA AND A PHOSPHATE SOLUTION 130
+
+ XII. THE TOMB-BOUND MAN 150
+
+ XIII. LORD MALVIN 160
+
+ XIV. DONALD MEGBIE SEES POSSIBILITIES 171
+
+ XV. HAIL TO THE LOVERS! 190
+
+ XVI. STRANGE OCCURRENCE IN THE TEMPLE 201
+
+ XVII. MARJORIE AND DONALD MEGBIE 211
+
+ XVIII. PLANS 222
+
+ XIX. A DEATH-WARRANT IS PRESENTED TO A PRISONER 230
+
+ XX. THOUGHTS OF ONE IN DURANCE 248
+
+ XXI. HOW THEY ALL WENT TO THE HOUSE IN REGENT'S PARK 258
+
+ XXII. THE DOOM BEGINS 264
+
+ XXIII. THE DOOM CONTINUES 280
+
+ XXIV. MR. WILSON GUEST MAKES A MISTAKE 286
+
+ XXV. AT LAST! 292
+
+ XXVI. TWO FINAL PICTURES 305
+
+
+
+
+THE SOUL STEALER
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+MR. EUSTACE CHARLIEWOOD, MAN ABOUT TOWN
+
+
+Upon a brilliant morning in the height of the winter, Mr. Eustace
+Charliewood walked slowly up Bond Street.
+
+The sun was shining brightly, and there was a keen, invigorating snap in
+the air which sent the well-dressed people who were beginning to throng
+the pavements, walking briskly and cheerily.
+
+The great shops of one of the richest thoroughfares in the world were
+brilliant with luxuries, the tall commissionaires who stood by the heavy
+glass doors were continually opening them for the entrance of
+fashionable women.
+
+It was, in short, a typical winter's morning in Bond Street when
+everything seemed gay, sumptuous and debonair.
+
+Mr. Eustace Charliewood was greeted several times by various friends as
+he walked slowly up the street. But his manner in reply was rather
+languid, and his clean-shaven cheeks lacked the colour that the eager
+air had given to most of the pedestrians.
+
+He was a tall, well-built man, with light close-cropped hair and a large
+intelligent face. His eyes were light blue in colour, not very direct in
+expression, and were beginning to be surrounded by the fine wrinkles
+that middle age and a life of pleasure imprint. The nose was aquiline,
+the mouth clean cut and rather full.
+
+In age one would have put Mr. Charliewood down as four and forty, in
+status a man accustomed to move in good society, though probably more
+frequently the society of the club than that of the drawing-room.
+
+When he was nearly at the mouth of New Bond Street, Mr. Charliewood
+stopped at a small and expensive-looking hairdresser's and perfumer's,
+passed through its revolving glass doors and bowed to a stately young
+lady with wonderfully-arranged coils of shining hair, who sat behind a
+little glass counter covered with cut-glass bottles of scent and ivory
+manicure sets.
+
+"Good-morning, Miss Carling," he said easily and in a pleasant voice.
+"Is Proctor disengaged?"
+
+"Yes, Mr. Charliewood," the girl answered, "he's quite ready for you if
+you'll go up-stairs."
+
+"Quite well, my dear?" Mr. Charliewood said, with his hand upon the door
+which led inwards to the toilette saloons.
+
+"Perfectly, thank you, Mr. Charliewood. But you're looking a little
+seedy this morning."
+
+He made a gesture with his glove which he had just taken off.
+
+"Ah well," he said, "very late last night, Miss Carling. It's the price
+one has to pay, you know! But Proctor will soon put me right."
+
+"Hope so, I'm sure," she answered, wagging a slim finger at him. "Oh,
+you men about town!"
+
+He smiled back at her, entered the saloon and mounted some thickly
+carpeted stairs upon the left.
+
+At the top of the stairs a glass door opened into a little ante-room,
+furnished with a few arm-chairs and small tables on which _Punch_ and
+other journals were lying. Beyond, another door stood half open, and at
+the noise of Mr. Charliewood's entrance a short, clean-shaved,
+Jewish-looking man came through it and began to help the visitor out of
+his dark-blue overcoat lined and trimmed with astrachan fur.
+
+Together the two men went into the inner room, where Mr. Charliewood
+took off his coat and collar and sat down upon a padded chair in front
+of a marble basin and a long mirror.
+
+He saw himself in the glass, a handsome, tired face, the hair too light
+to show the greyness at the temples, but hinting at that and growing a
+little thin upon the top. The whole face, distinguished as it was, bore
+an impress of weariness and dissipation, the face of a man who lived for
+material enjoyment, and did so without cessation.
+
+As he looked at his face, bearing undeniable marks of a late sitting the
+night before, he smiled to think that in an hour or so he would be
+turned out very different in appearance by the Jewish-looking man in the
+frock coat who now began to busy himself with certain apparatus.
+
+The up-stairs room at Proctor's toilette club was a select haunt of many
+young-middle aged men about town. The new American invention known as
+"Vibro Massage" was in use there, and Proctor reaped a large harvest by
+"freshening up" gentlemen who were living not wisely but too well,
+incidentally performing many other services for his clients. The masseur
+pushed a wheeled pedestal up to the side of the chair, the top of which
+was a large octagonal box of mahogany. Upon the side were various
+electric switches, and from the centre of the box a thick silk-covered
+wire terminated in a gleaming apparatus of vulcanite and steel which the
+operator held in his hand.
+
+Proctor tucked a towel round his client's neck, rubbed some
+sweet-smelling cream all over his face and turned a switch in the side
+of the pedestal.
+
+Immediately an electric motor began to purr inside, like a great cat,
+and the masseur brought the machine in his right hand, which looked not
+unlike a telephone receiver, down upon the skin of the subject's face.
+
+What was happening was just this. A little vulcanite hammer at the end
+of the machine was vibrating some six thousand times a minute and
+pounding and kneading the flesh, so swiftly and silently that
+Charliewood felt nothing more than a faint thrill as the hammer was
+guided skilfully over the pouches beneath the eyes, and beat out the
+flabbiness from the cheeks.
+
+After some five minutes, Proctor switched off the motor and began to
+screw a larger and differently-shaped vulcanite instrument to the end of
+the hand apparatus.
+
+Mr. Charliewood lay back, in a moment of intense physical ease. By means
+of the electrodes the recruiting force had vibrated gently through the
+nerves. New animation had come into the blood and tissues of the tired
+face, and already that sensation of youthful buoyancy, which is the
+surest indication of good health, was returning to his dissipated mask.
+
+"Now then, sir," said Proctor, "I've screwed on a saddle-shaped
+electrode, and I'll go up and down the spine, if you please; kindly
+stand up."
+
+Once more the motor hummed, and Mr. Charliewood felt an indescribable
+thrill of pleasure as the operator applied straight and angular strokes
+of the rapidly vibrating instrument up and down his broad back,
+impinging upon the central nerve system of the body and filling him with
+vigour.
+
+"By Jove, Proctor," he said, when the operation was over at last, and
+the man was brushing his hair and spraying bay rum upon his face--"by
+Jove, this is one of the best things I've ever struck! In the old days
+one had to have a small bottle of Pol Roger about half-past eleven if
+one had been sitting up late at cards the night before. Beastly bad for
+the liver it was. But I never come out of this room without feeling
+absolutely fit."
+
+"Ah, sir," said Mr. Proctor, "it's astonishing what the treatment can
+do, and it's astonishing what a lot of gentlemen come to me every day at
+all hours. My appointment book is simply filled, sir, filled! And no
+gentleman need be afraid now of doing exactly as he likes, till what
+hour he likes, as long as he is prepared to come to me to put him right
+in the morning."
+
+After making an appointment for two days ahead, Mr. Charliewood passed
+out into the ante-room once more. During the time while he had been
+massaged another client had entered and was waiting there, lounging upon
+a sofa and smoking a cigarette.
+
+He was a tall, youngish looking man, of about the same height and build
+as Mr. Charliewood, clean-shaved, and with dark red hair. He looked up
+languidly as Proctor helped Charliewood into his fur coat. The first
+arrival hardly noticed him, but bade the masseur a good-day, and went
+out jauntily into Bond Street with a nod and a smile for the pretty girl
+who sat behind the counter of the shop.
+
+It was a different person who walked down Bond Street towards
+Piccadilly--a Mr. Charliewood who looked younger in some indefinite way,
+who walked with sprightliness, and over whose lips played a slight and
+satisfied smile.
+
+It was not far down Bond Street--now more bright and animated than
+ever--to Mr. Charliewood's club in St. James's Street, a small but
+well-known establishment which had the reputation of being more select
+than it really was.
+
+Swinging his neatly-rolled umbrella and humming a tune to himself under
+his breath, he ran up the steps and entered. A waiter helped him off
+with his overcoat, and he turned into the smoking-room to look at the
+letters which the porter had handed him, and to get himself in a right
+frame of mind for the important function of lunch.
+
+In a minute or two, with a sherry and bitters by his side and a Parascho
+cigarette between his lips he seemed the personification of correctness,
+good-humour, and mild enjoyment.
+
+Very little was known about Eustace Charliewood outside his social life.
+He lived in Chambers in Jermyn Street, but few people were ever invited
+there, and it was obvious that he must use what was actually his home as
+very little more than a place in which to sleep and to take breakfast.
+He was of good family, there was no doubt about that, being a member of
+the Norfolk Charliewoods, and a second son of old Sir Miles Charliewood,
+of King's Lynn. Some people said that Eustace Charliewood was not
+received by his family; there had been some quarrel many years before.
+This rumour gained general belief, as Charliewood never seemed to be
+asked to go down to his father's place for the shooting, or, indeed,
+upon any occasion whatever. There was nothing against Eustace
+Charliewood. Nobody could associate his name with any unpleasant
+scandal, or point out to him as being in any way worse than half a
+hundred men of his own position and way of life. Yet he was not very
+generally popular--people just liked him, said "Oh, Eustace Charliewood
+isn't half a bad sort!" and left it at that. Perhaps a certain mystery
+about him and about his sources of income annoyed those people who
+would like to see their neighbour's bank-book once a week.
+
+Charliewood lived fairly well, and everybody said, "How on earth does he
+manage it?" the general opinion being that his father and elder brother
+paid him an allowance to keep him outside the life of the family.
+
+About one o'clock Mr. Charliewood went into the club dining-room. The
+head waiter hurried up to him, and there was a somewhat protracted and
+extremely confidential conversation as to the important question of
+lunch. As the waiter would often remark to his underlings, "It's always
+a pleasure to do for a gentleman like Mr. Charliewood, because he gives
+real thought to his meals, chooses his wine with care and his food with
+discrimination, not like them young men we get up from Hoxford and
+Cambridge, who'll eat anything you put before 'em, and smacks their lips
+knowing over a corked bottle of wine."
+
+"Very well," Mr. Charliewood said, "Robert, the clear soup, a portion of
+the sole with mushrooms, a grilled kidney and a morsel of Camembert.
+That will do very well. A half bottle of the '82 Neirsteiner and a Grand
+Marnier with my coffee."
+
+Having decided this important question, Mr. Charliewood looked round the
+room to see if any of his particular friends were there. He caught the
+eye of a tall, young-looking man with a silly face and very carefully
+dressed. This was young Lord Landsend, a peer of twenty-one summers, who
+had recently been elected to the Baobab Tree Club, and who had a
+profound admiration for the worldly wisdom of his fellow member.
+
+The young man got up from his table and came over to Mr. Charliewood.
+
+"I say, Charlie," he said, "I'm going to motor down to Richmond this
+afternoon, just to get an appetite for dinner; will you come?"
+
+Charliewood was about to agree, when a waiter brought him a telegram
+upon a silver tray. He opened it, read it, crushed the flimsy pink
+Government paper in his hand and said--
+
+"Awfully sorry, Landsend, but I've just had a wire making an appointment
+which I must keep."
+
+He smiled as he did so.
+
+"Ah," said the young gentleman, with a giggle, prodding his friend in
+the shoulder with a thin, unsteady finger. "Ah, naughty, naughty!"
+
+With that he returned to his place, and Mr. Charliewood lunched alone.
+
+Once he smoothed out the telegram again, and read it with a slight frown
+and an anxious expression in his eyes. It ran as follows--
+
+ _Be here three this afternoon without fail._
+
+ _GOULDESBROUGH._
+
+When Mr. Charliewood had paid his bill and left the dining-room, the
+head waiter remarked with a sigh and a shake of the head that his pet
+member did not seem to enjoy his food to-day. "Which is odd, Thomas,"
+concluded that oracle, "because a finer sole-oh-von-blong I never see
+served in the Club."
+
+Charliewood got into a cab, gave the driver the name and address of a
+house in Regent's Park, lit a cigar and sat back in deep thought. He
+smoked rather rapidly, seeing nothing of the moving panorama of the
+streets through which the gondola of London bore him swiftly and
+noiselessly. His face wore a sullen and rather troubled expression, not
+at all the expression one would have imagined likely in a man who had
+been summoned to pay an afternoon call upon so famous and popular a
+celebrity as Sir William Gouldesbrough, F.R.S.
+
+There are some people who are eminent in science, literature, or art,
+and whose eminence is only appreciated by a small number of learned
+people and stamped by an almost unregarded official approbation. These
+are the people who, however good their services may be, are never in any
+sense popular names, until many years after they are dead and their
+labours for humanity have passed into history and so become recognized
+by the crowd. But there are other celebrities who are popular and known
+to the "Man in the street." Sir William Gouldesbrough belonged to the
+latter class. Everybody knew the name of the famous scientist. His
+picture was constantly in the papers. His name was a household word, and
+with all his arduous and successful scientific work, he still found time
+to be a frequent figure in society, and a man without whom no large
+social function, whether public or private, was considered to be
+complete. He was the sort of person, in short, of whom one read in the
+newspapers--"and among the other distinguished guests were Sir Henry
+Irving, Sir Alma Tadema, Mr. Rudyard Kipling, and Sir William
+Gouldesbrough."
+
+
+He had caught the popular attention by the fact that he was still a
+comparatively young man of five and forty. He had caught the ear and
+attention of the scientific world by his extraordinary researches into
+the lesser known powers of electric currents. Moreover, and it is an
+unusual combination, he was not only an investigator of the lesser known
+attributes of electricity who could be ranked with Tessler, Edison, or
+Marconi, but he was a psychologist and pathologist of European
+reputation. He was said by those who knew to have probed more deeply
+into mental processes than almost any man of his time, and for two or
+three years now every one who was on the inside track of things knew
+that Sir William Gouldesbrough was on the verge of some stupendous
+discovery which was to astonish the world as nothing else had astonished
+it in modern years.
+
+Eustace Charliewood appeared to be an intimate friend of this great man.
+He was often at his house, they were frequently seen together, and the
+reason for this strange combination was always a fruitful subject of
+gossip.
+
+Serious people could not understand what Gouldesbrough saw in a mere
+pleasant-mannered and idle clubman, of no particular distinction or
+importance. Frivolous society people could not understand how Mr.
+Charliewood cared to spend his time with a man who took life seriously
+and was always bothering about stupid electricity, while in the same
+breath they rather admired Charliewood for being intimate with such a
+very important person in England as Sir William Gouldesbrough
+undoubtedly was.
+
+For two or three years now this curious friendship had been a piquant
+subject of discussion, and both Sir William's and Mr. Charliewood's most
+intimate friends had spent many pleasant hours in inventing this or that
+base and disgraceful reason for such a combination.
+
+Yet as the cab rolled smoothly up Portland Place Mr. Charliewood did not
+look happy. He threw his cigar away with a petulant gesture, and watched
+a street arab dive for it among the traffic with a sneer of disgust.
+
+He unbuttoned his heavy astrachan coat; it felt tight across his chest,
+and he realized that his nerves were still unstrung, despite the efforts
+of the morning. Then he took a cheque-book from his pocket and turned
+over the counterfoils till he came to the last balance. He frowned
+again, put it away, and once more leant back with a sigh of resignation.
+
+In a few more minutes the cab drew up at a brick wall which encircled a
+large house of red brick, a house built in the Georgian period.
+
+Only the top of the place could be seen from the street, as the wall was
+somewhat unusually high, while the only means of entrance was a green
+door let into the brickwork, with a brass bell-pull at one side.
+
+In a moment or two the door opened to Charliewood's ring, and a
+man-servant of the discreet and ordinary type stood there waiting.
+
+"Good afternoon, sir," he said. "Sir William expects you."
+
+Charliewood entered and walked along a wide gravel path towards the
+portico of the house, chatting casually to the butler as he went.
+
+It could now be seen that Sir William Gouldesbrough's residence was a
+typical mansion of George the First's reign. The brick was mellowed to a
+pleasant autumnal tint, the windows, with their white frames and small
+panes, were set in mathematical lines down the façade, a flight of stone
+steps led up to the square pillared porch, on each side of which a
+clumsy stone lion with a distinctly German expression was crouching. The
+heavy panelled door was open, and together the guest and the butler
+passed into the hall.
+
+It was a large place with a tesselated floor and high white painted
+doors all round. Two or three great bronze urns stood upon marble
+pedestals. There was a big leather couch of a heavy and old-fashioned
+pattern, and a stuffed bear standing on its hind legs, some eight feet
+high, and with a balancing pole in its paws, formed a hat rack.
+
+The hall was lit from a square domed sky-light in the roof, which showed
+that it was surrounded by a gallery, up to which led a broad flight of
+stairs with carved balustrades.
+
+The whole place indeed was old-fashioned and sombre. After the coziness
+of the smart little club in St. James's Street, and the brightness and
+glitter of the centre of the West End of town, Charliewood felt, as
+indeed he always did, a sense of dislike and depression.
+
+It was all so heavy, massive, ugly, and old-fashioned. One expected to
+see grim and sober gentlemen in knee-breeches and powdered hair coming
+silently out of this or that ponderous doorway--lean, respectable and
+uncomfortable ghosts of a period now vanished for ever.
+
+"Will you go straight on to the study, sir?" the butler said. "Sir
+William expects you."
+
+Charliewood did not take off his coat, as if he thought that the
+interview to which he was summoned need not be unduly prolonged. But
+with his hat and umbrella in his hand he crossed the hall to its
+farthest left angle beyond the projecting staircase, and opened a green
+baize door.
+
+He found himself in a short passage heavily carpeted, at the end of
+which was another door. This he opened and came at once into Sir William
+Gouldesbrough's study.
+
+Directly he entered, he saw that his friend was sitting in an arm-chair
+by the side of a large writing-table.
+
+Something unfamiliar in his host's attitude, and the chair in which he
+was sitting, struck him at once.
+
+He looked again and saw that the chair was slightly raised from the
+ground upon a low daïs, and was of peculiar construction.
+
+In a moment more he started with surprise to see that there was
+something extremely odd about Sir William's head.
+
+A gleam of sunlight was pouring into the room through a long window
+which opened on to the lawn at the back of the house. It fell full upon
+the upper portion of the scientist's body, and with a muffled expression
+of surprise, Mr. Charliewood saw that Sir William was wearing a sort of
+helmet, a curved shining head-dress of brass, like the cup of an acorn,
+from the top of which a thick black cord rose upwards to a china plug
+set in the wall not far away.
+
+"Good heavens, Gouldesbrough!" he said in uncontrollable surprise,
+"what----"
+
+As he spoke Sir William turned and held up one hand, motioning him to
+silence.
+
+The handsome and intellectual face that was so well known to the public
+was fixed and set into attention, and did not relax or change at
+Charliewood's ejaculation.
+
+The warning hand remained held up, and that was all.
+
+Charliewood stood frozen to the floor in wonder and uneasiness, utterly
+at a loss to understand what was going on. The tremor of his nerves
+began again, his whole body felt like a pincushion into which
+innumerable pins were being pushed.
+
+Then, with extreme suddenness, he experienced another shock.
+
+Somewhere in the room, quite close to him, an electric bell, like the
+sudden alarm of a clock on a dark dawn, whirred a shrill summons.
+
+The big man jumped where he stood.
+
+At the unexpected rattle of the bell, Sir William put his hand up to his
+head, touched something that clicked, and lifted the heavy metal cap
+from it. He placed it carefully down upon the writing-table, passed his
+hand over his face for a moment with a tired gesture, and then turned to
+his guest.
+
+"How do you do?" he said. "Glad to see you, Charliewood."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+UNEXPECTED ENTRANCE OF TWO LADIES
+
+
+For a moment or two Eustace Charliewood did not return his host's
+greeting. He was not only surprised by the curious proceeding of which
+he had been a witness, but he felt a certain chill also.
+
+"What the deuce are you up to now, Gouldesbrough?" he said in an uneasy
+voice. "Another of your beastly experiments? I wish you wouldn't startle
+a fellow in this way."
+
+Sir William looked keenly at the big man whose face had become curiously
+pallid.
+
+There was a tremendous contrast in the two people in the room.
+Gouldesbrough was a very handsome man, as handsome as Charliewood
+himself had been in younger days, but it was with an entirely different
+beauty. His face was clean shaved, also, but it was dark, clear-cut and
+ascetic. The eyes were dark blue, singularly bright and direct in
+glance, and shaded by heavy brows. The whole face and poise of the tall
+lean body spoke of power, knowledge, and resolution.
+
+One man was of the earth, earthy; the other seemed far removed from
+sensual and material things. Yet, perhaps, a deep student of character,
+and one who had gone far into the hidden springs of action within the
+human soul, would have preferred the weak, easy-going sensualist, with
+all his meannesses and viciousness, to the hard and agate intellect, the
+indomitable and lawless will that sometimes shone out upon the face of
+the scientist like a lit lamp.
+
+Charliewood sat down in obedience to a motion of his host's hand. He sat
+down with a sigh, for he knew that he had been summoned to Sir William
+Gouldesbrough's house to perform yet another duty which was certain to
+be distasteful and furtive.
+
+Yes! there was no hope for it now. For the last few years the man about
+town had been under the dominion of a stronger will than his, of a more
+cunning, of a more ruthless brain. Little by little he had become
+entangled within the net that Gouldesbrough had spread for him. And the
+lure had been then and afterwards a lure of money--the one thing
+Charliewood worshipped in the world.
+
+The history of the growth of his secret servitude to this famous man
+was a long one. Money had been lent to him, he had signed this or that
+paper, he had found his other large debts bought up by the scientist,
+and at the end of three years he had found himself willy nilly, body and
+soul, the servant of this man, who could ruin him in a single moment and
+cast him down out of his comfortable life for ever and a day.
+
+No living soul knew or suspected that there was any such bond as this
+between the two men. Even Charliewood's enemies never guessed the
+truth--that he was a sort of jackal, a spy to do his master's bidding,
+to execute this or that secret commission, to go and come as he was
+ordered.
+
+As yet all the services which Charliewood had rendered to Sir William,
+and for which, be it said, he was excellently paid, were those which,
+though they bordered upon the dishonourable and treacherous, never
+actually overstepped the borders.
+
+Gouldesbrough employed Charliewood to find out this or that, to make
+acquaintance with one person or another, to lay the foundation, in fact,
+of an edifice which he himself would afterwards build upon information
+supplied by the clubman. There was no crime in any of these proceedings,
+no robbery or black-mail. And what happened after he had done his work
+Charliewood neither knew nor cared. Of one thing, however, he was
+certain, that whatever the scientist's motives might be--and he did not
+seek to probe them--they were not those of the ordinary criminal or
+indeed ever bordered upon the criminal at all. All that Charliewood
+knew, and realized with impotence and bitterness, was that he had
+allowed himself to become a mere tool and spy of this man's, a prober of
+secrets, a walker in tortuous by-paths.
+
+"What did you wire to me for?" Charliewood said in a sulky voice. "What
+do you want me to do now?"
+
+Sir William looked quickly at his guest, and there was a momentary gleam
+of ill-temper in his eyes, but he answered smoothly enough.
+
+"My dear Charliewood, I wish you wouldn't take that tone. Surely we have
+been associated too long together for you to speak to me in that way
+now. It has suited your convenience to do certain things for me, and it
+has suited my convenience to make it worth your while to do them. There
+is the whole matter. Please let's be friendly, as we always have been."
+
+Charliewood shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"You know very well, Gouldesbrough," he said, "that I am in your hands
+and have got to do anything you ask me in reason. However, I don't want
+to insist on that aspect of the question if you don't. What did you wire
+to me for?"
+
+"Well," Sir William said, passing a cigar-box over to the other, though
+he did not smoke himself, "there is a certain man that I am interested
+in. I don't know him personally, though I know something about him. I
+want to know him, and I want to know everything I can about him too."
+
+"I suppose," Charliewood answered, "that there is no difficulty for you
+in getting to know anybody you want to?" He said it with a slight sneer.
+
+"Oh, of course not," Sir William answered, "but still in this case I
+want you to get to know him first. You can easily do this if you wish,
+you are sure to have some mutual acquaintances. When you get to know him
+make yourself as pleasant as you can be to him--and nobody can do that
+more gracefully than yourself, my dear boy. Become his intimate friend,
+if possible, and let me know as much as you can about his habits and
+objects in life. I don't want you to spare any expense in this matter if
+it is necessary to spend money, and of course you will draw upon me for
+all you require in the matter."
+
+Charliewood held up his cigar and looked steadily at the crust of white
+ash which was forming at the end.
+
+"What's the man's name?" he asked without moving his eyes.
+
+"His name," said Sir William lightly, "is Rathbone, a Mr. Guy Rathbone.
+He is a barrister and has chambers in the Temple. A youngish man, I
+understand, of about seven and twenty."
+
+At the name Charliewood gave a momentary start. He allowed a slight
+smile to come upon his lips, and it was not a pleasant smile.
+
+Gouldesbrough saw it, flushed a little and moved uneasily, feeling that
+although this man was his servant there were yet disadvantages in
+employing him, and that he also could sting when he liked.
+
+Directly Sir William had mentioned the name of the person on whose
+actions and life, not to put too fine a point on it, he was ordering his
+henchman to become a spy, Charliewood knew the reason. He realized in an
+instant what was the nature of the interest Sir William Gouldesbrough
+took in Mr. Guy Rathbone, barrister-at-law.
+
+The famous scientist, long, it was said in society, a man quite
+impervious to the attractions of the other sex and the passion of love,
+had but a few months ago become engaged.
+
+Wealthy as he was, distinguished, handsome and attractive in his manner,
+there had not been wanting ladies who would have very gladly shared and
+appropriated all these advantages. Like any other unmarried man in his
+desirable position, the scientist had been somewhat pursued in many
+drawing-rooms. Of late, however, the pursuit had slackened. Match-making
+mothers and unappropriated daughters seemed to have realized that here
+was a citadel they could not storm. Six months ago, therefore, society
+had been all the more startled to hear of Sir William's engagement to
+Miss Marjorie Poole, the only daughter of old Lady Poole of Curzon
+Street.
+
+Marjorie Poole was the daughter of a rather poor baronet who had died
+some years before, the title going to a cousin. Lady Poole was left with
+a house in Curzon Street and a sufficient income for her own life, but
+that was all. And among many of the women who hunt society for a husband
+for their daughters, as a fisherman whips a stream for trout, the
+dowager was one of the most conspicuous.
+
+It was said that she had angled for Sir William with an alertness and
+unwearying pursuit which was at last crowned by success. More charitable
+people, and especially those who knew and liked Miss Poole, said that
+the girl would never have lent herself to any schemes of her mother's
+unless she had been genuinely fond of the man to whom she was engaged.
+There had been much talk and speculation over the engagement at first,
+a speculation which had in its turn died away, and which during the last
+few weeks had been again revived by certain incidents.
+
+Eustace Charliewood, whose whole life and business it was to gather and
+retail society gossip, was very well aware of the reason which made
+people once more wag their heads and hint this or that about the
+Gouldesbrough engagement.
+
+Mr. Guy Rathbone had appeared upon the scene, a young barrister of good
+family but of no particular fortune. Several times Mr. Rathbone had been
+seen skating with Miss Poole at Prince's. At this or that dance--Sir
+William Gouldesbrough did not go to dances--Rathbone had danced a good
+deal with Miss Poole. Many envious and linx-like eyes had watched them
+for some weeks, and men were beginning to say in the clubs that "young
+Rathbone is going to put the scientific Johnny's nose out of joint."
+
+It was this knowledge which caused the little sneering smile to appear
+on Charliewood's face, and it gave him pleasure to detect the human
+weakness of jealousy in the inscrutable man who held him so tightly in
+his grip.
+
+"Well, all right," Charliewood said at length. "I'll do what you want."
+
+"That's a good fellow," Sir William answered, smiling genially, his
+whole face lighting up and becoming markedly attractive as it did so,
+"you've always been a good friend to me, Charliewood."
+
+"My banking account is very low just at present," the other went on.
+
+"Then I'll write you a cheque at once," Sir William answered, getting up
+from his chair and going to the writing-table in the corner of the room.
+
+Charliewood's face cleared a little. Then he noticed his cigar had been
+burning all down one side. He dropped it into an ash-tray and put his
+hand in his coat pocket to find a cigarette.
+
+He took out an ordinary silver case, when his eye fell upon the crest
+engraved upon the cover. He started and looked again, turning it so that
+the light fell full upon it.
+
+The crest of the Charliewood family was a hand with a battle-axe and the
+motto, "Ne Morare," and in the usual custom it was engraved upon
+Charliewood's own case.
+
+But this was not the Charliewood crest. It was a wyvern charged on a
+shield, and the motto consisted of the single word "GARDEZ."
+
+He gave a startled exclamation.
+
+"What's the matter?" Sir William said, turning round sharply.
+
+"I've got some other fellow's cigarette-case," Charliewood answered in
+amazement, opening it as he did so.
+
+There was only one cigarette in the case, but there were several
+visiting-cards in one compartment, and moreover the name of the owner
+was cut in the inside of the lid.
+
+The case dropped from Charliewood's fingers with a clatter, and he grew
+quite pale.
+
+"What is it?" his host inquired again.
+
+"Have you been playing some infernal trick on me, Gouldesbrough?"
+Charliewood said.
+
+"No; why?"
+
+"Because this cigarette-case, by some strange chance, is the
+cigarette-case of the man we've been talking about, this Guy Rathbone!"
+
+He stood up, thrusting his hands deep into the pockets of the fur coat
+as he did so. Then he pulled out a letter, stamped and addressed and
+obviously ready for the post.
+
+"Good heavens!" he said, "here's something else. It's a letter for the
+post."
+
+"Who is it addressed to?" Sir William asked in a curious voice.
+
+Charliewood looked at it and started again.
+
+"As I live," he answered, "it's addressed to Miss Poole, 100A, Curzon
+Street!"
+
+There was a curious silence for a moment or two. Both men looked at
+each other, and mingled astonishment and alarm were on the face of
+either. The whole thing seemed uncanny. They seemed, while concocting
+something like a plot, to have trodden unawares into another.
+
+Suddenly Charliewood stamped his foot upon the ground and peeled off his
+overcoat.
+
+"I've got it," he cried. "Why, of course I've seen the very man myself
+this morning. This is his coat, not mine. I went to a hairdresser's this
+morning and left my coat in the ante-room while I was going through a
+massage treatment. When I came out there was a man waiting there for his
+turn, and I must have taken his coat in exchange for mine. And the man
+was this Mr. Guy Rathbone, of course. You know these dark blue coats
+lined with astrachan are quite ordinary, everybody is wearing them this
+year. And I noticed, by Jove, that the thing seemed a little tight in
+the cab! It's about the oddest coincidence that I've ever come across in
+my life!"
+
+Sir William bowed his head in thought for a minute or two.
+
+"Well, this is the very best opportunity you could have, my dear
+fellow," he said, "of making the man's acquaintance. Of course you can
+take him back the coat and the cigarette-case at once."
+
+"And the letter?" Charliewood said swiftly. "The letter to Miss Poole?"
+
+Sir William looked curiously at his guest.
+
+"I think," he said slowly, "that I'll just spend half-an-hour with this
+letter first. Then you can take it away with the other things. I assure
+you that it will look just the same as it does now."
+
+Charliewood shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Have it your own way," he said contemptuously, "but don't ask _me_ to
+open any letters to a lady, that's all."
+
+Sir William flushed up and was about to make an angry reply, when the
+door of the study was suddenly thrown open and they saw the butler
+standing there.
+
+There was a rustle of skirts in the passage.
+
+"Lady Poole and Miss Poole, sir," said the butler.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+NEWS OF A REVOLUTION
+
+
+Marjorie and Lady Poole came into the room. For two at least of the
+people there it was an agonizing moment. But a second before, Sir
+William Gouldesbrough had been proposing to steal and open a letter
+written by another man to his _fiancée_. But a second before, Mr.
+Eustace Charliewood, the well-known society man, had sullenly acquiesced
+in the proposal. And now here was Marjorie Poole confronting them.
+
+"We thought we'd come to tea, William," Lady Poole said effusively,
+going forward to shake hands with her future son-in-law. "Ah, Mr.
+Charliewood, how do you do?" She gave him a bright nod, and he turned to
+Marjorie, while her mother was shaking hands with the scientist.
+
+Charliewood's face was flushed a deep red, and his hand trembled so that
+the tall girl looked at him in some surprise.
+
+Marjorie Poole was a maiden for whom many men had sighed. The oval face
+with its pure olive complexion, the large brown eyes, clear as a forest
+pool, the coiled masses of hair, the colour of deeply ripened corn, made
+up a personality of singular distinction and charm. She was the sort of
+girl of whom people asked, "Who is she?" And if younger sons and other
+people who knew that they could never win and wear her, said that she
+was a little too reserved and cold, it was only a prejudiced way of
+expressing her complete grace and ease of manner.
+
+"How are you, Mr. Charliewood?" she said in a clear, bell-like voice. "I
+haven't seen you since the Carr's dance."
+
+"Well, to tell the truth, Miss Poole," Charliewood answered with a voice
+that had a singular tremor in it, "you startled me out of my wits when
+you came in. Just a moment before, Sir William had mentioned your name,
+and we were both thinking of you when, as quick as one of those
+ridiculous entrances on the stage, pat upon the very word, the butler
+threw open the door and you came in."
+
+"Oh, a stage entrance!" Marjorie answered. "I don't like stage
+entrances;" and turning away she went up to her _fiancé_, making it
+quite clear that, whatever her opinions about the conventions of the
+boards might be, she did not like Mr. Charliewood.
+
+The big, light-haired man stayed for a moment or two, made a few
+conventional remarks, and then wished his host farewell.
+
+As he crossed the hall he began mechanically to put on the heavy
+astrachan coat upon his arm, then, with a muttered curse which surprised
+the butler, he took it off again and hurriedly left the house.
+
+"Well, and how are you, William?" said Lady Poole, sitting down by the
+fire. "Are you going to give us some tea? We have been paying calls, and
+I told Marjorie that we would just come on and see how you were, in case
+you might be in. And how is the electricity going? Why don't you invent
+a flying-machine? I'm sure it would be more useful than the things you
+do invent. How charming it would be to step out of one's bedroom window
+into one's aëriel brougham and tell the man to fly to the Savoy!"
+
+Gouldesbrough did not immediately reply, but old Lady Poole was used to
+this.
+
+She was a tall, florid old thing, richly dressed, with an ample and
+expansive manner. Now that Sir William had proposed and the forthcoming
+marriage was an accepted thing, the good lady felt her duty was done.
+Having satisfied herself of Sir William's position, his banking account
+and his general eligibility, she cared for nothing else, and she had
+grown quite accustomed to the little snubs she received from his hands
+from time to time.
+
+Gouldesbrough was looking at Marjorie. His deep blue eyes had leapt up
+from their usual intense calm into flame. The thin-cut lips were
+slightly parted, the whole man had become humanized and real in a single
+moment.
+
+The sinister suggestion had dropped from him as a cloak is thrown off,
+and he remembered nothing of the plot he had been hatching, but only saw
+before him the radiant girl he adored with all the force of his nature
+and all the passion of a dark but powerful soul, to which love had never
+come before.
+
+"How are you, dearest?" he said anxiously. "Do you know that I haven't
+heard from you or seen you for nearly four days? Tell me all that you
+have been doing, all that you have been thinking."
+
+"Four days, is it?" Lady Poole broke in. "Well, you know, my dear
+William, you will have plenty of time with Marjorie in the future, you
+mustn't attempt to monopolize her just at present. There have been so
+many engagements, and I'm sure you have been entirely happy with the
+electricity, haven't you? Such a comfort, I think, to have a hobby. It
+gives a real interest in life. And I'm sure, when a hobby like yours has
+proved so successful, it's an additional advantage. I have known so
+many men who have been miserable because they have never had anything to
+do to amuse them. And unless they take up wood-carving or fretwork or
+something, time hangs so heavily, and they become a nuisance to their
+wives. Poor Sir Frederick only took up tact as a hobby. Though that was
+very useful at a party, it was horribly boring in private life. One
+always felt he understood one too well!"
+
+Up to the present Marjorie had said nothing. She seemed slightly
+restless, and the smile that played about her lips was faint and
+abstracted. Her thoughts seemed elsewhere, and the scrutiny of the deep
+blue eyes seemed slightly to unnerve her.
+
+At that moment the butler entered, followed by a footman carrying a
+tea-table.
+
+Marjorie sank down with a sigh of relief.
+
+"I'm so tired," she said in a quiet voice. "Mother's been dragging me
+about to all sorts of places. William, why do you have that horrid man,
+Eustace Charliewood, here? He always seems about the house like a big
+tame cat. I detest him."
+
+Gouldesbrough winced at the words. He had put his hand into the
+side-pocket of his coat, and his fingers had fallen upon a certain
+letter. Ah! why, indeed, did he have Charliewood for a friend?
+
+His answer was singularly unconvincing, and the girl looked at him in
+surprise. He was not wont to speak thus, with so little directness.
+
+"Oh, I don't know, dear," he answered. "He's useful, you know. He
+attends to a lot of things for me that I'm too busy to look after
+myself."
+
+Again Marjorie did not answer.
+
+"What have you been doing, William?" she said at length, stirring the
+tea in her cup.
+
+"I've been thinking about you principally," he answered.
+
+She frowned a little. "Oh, I don't mean in that way," she answered
+quickly. "Tell me about real things, important things. What are you
+working at now? How is your work going?"
+
+He noticed that something like enthusiasm had crept into her voice--that
+she took a real interest in his science. His heart throbbed with anger.
+It was not thus that he wished to hear her speak. It was he himself, not
+his work, that he longed with all his heart and soul this stately damsel
+should care about.
+
+But, resolute always in will, completely master of himself and his
+emotion, he turned at once and began to give her the information which
+she sought.
+
+And as he spoke his voice soon began to change. It rang with power. It
+became vibrant, thrilling. There was a sense of inordinate strength and
+confidence in it.
+
+While old Lady Poole leant back in her chair with closed eyes and a
+gentle smile playing about her lips, enjoying, in fact, a short and
+well-earned nap, the great scientist's passionate voice boomed out into
+the room and held Marjorie fascinated.
+
+She leant forward, listening to him with strained attention--her lips a
+little parted, her face alight with interest, with eagerness.
+
+"You want to hear, dearest," he said, "you want to hear? And to whom
+would I rather tell my news? At whose feet would I rather lay the
+results of all I am and have done? Listen! Even to you I cannot tell
+everything. Even to you I cannot give the full results of the problems I
+have been working at for so many years. But I can tell you enough to
+hold your attention, to interest you, as you have never been interested
+before."
+
+He began to speak very slowly.
+
+"I have done something at last, after years of patient working and
+thought, which it is not too much to say will revolutionize the whole of
+modern life--will revolutionize the whole of life, indeed, as it has
+never been changed before. All the other things I have done and made,
+all the results of my scientific work have been but off-shoots of this
+great central idea, which has been mine since I first began. The other
+things that have won me fame and fortune were discovered upon the way
+towards the central object of my life. And now, at last, I find myself
+in full possession of the truth of all my theories. In a month or two
+from now my work will be perfected, then the whole world will know what
+I have done. And the whole world will tremble, and there will be fear
+and wonder in the minds of men and women, and they will look at each
+other as if they recognized that humanity at last was waking out of a
+sleep and a dream."
+
+"Is it so marvellous as all that?" she said almost in a whisper, awed by
+the earnestness of his manner.
+
+"I am no maker of phrases," he replied, "nor am I eloquent. I cannot
+tell you how marvellous it is. The one great citadel against which human
+ingenuity and time have beaten in vain since our first forefathers, is
+stormed at last! In my hands will shortly be the keys of the human soul.
+No man or woman will have a secret from me. The whole relation of
+society will be changed utterly."
+
+"What is it? What is it?" she asked with a light in her eyes. "Have you
+done what mother said in jest? Have you indeed finally conquered the
+air?"
+
+He waved his hand with a scornful gesture.
+
+"Greater far--greater than that," he answered. "Such a vulgar and
+mechanical triumph is not one I would seek. In a material age it is
+perhaps a great thing for this or that scientist to invent a means of
+transit quicker and surer than another. But what is it, after all? Mere
+accurate scientific knowledge supplemented by inventive power. No! Such
+inventions as the steam-engine, printing, gun-powder, are great in their
+way, but they have only revolutionized the surface of things; the human
+soul remains as it was before. What I now know is a far, far loftier and
+more marvellous thing."
+
+In his excitement he had risen and was bending over her.
+
+Now she also rose, and stared into his face with one hand upon his arm.
+
+"Oh, tell me," she said, "what in life can be so strange, so terrible in
+its effects as this you speak of?"
+
+"Listen," he answered once more. "You know what LIGHT is? You know that
+it can be split up into its component parts by means of the prism in the
+spectroscope?"
+
+"Every child knows that to-day," she answered.
+
+"Good!" he replied. And he went on. "I am putting this in the very
+simplest possible language. I want you to see the broadest, barest,
+simplest outlines. Do you know anything of the human mind? What should
+you say hypnotism was, for instance, in ordinary words?"
+
+"Surely," she replied, "it is the power of one brain acting upon
+another."
+
+"Exactly," he said, "and in what way? How is a brain, not physically
+touching another brain, able to influence it?"
+
+"By magnetism," she replied, "by"--she hesitated for a word--"by a sort
+of current passing from one brain to another."
+
+He held out both his hands in front of him. They were clasped, and she
+saw that his wrists were shaking. He was terribly excited.
+
+"Yes," he went on, his voice dropping lower and lower and becoming even
+more intense, "you have said exactly the truth. The brain is a
+marvellous instrument, a sensitive instrument, an electric instrument
+which is constantly giving out strange, subtle, and hitherto
+uninvestigated currents. It is like the transmitter at the top of Signor
+Marconi's wireless telegraphy station. Something unseen goes out into
+the air, and far away over the Mother of Oceans something answers to its
+influence. That is exactly what happens with the human brain. Countless
+experiments have proved it, the scientists of the world are agreed."
+
+"Then----?" she said.
+
+"Supposing I had discovered how to collect these rays or vibrations, for
+that is the better word, these delicate vibrations which come from the
+human brain?"
+
+"I think I begin to see," Marjorie said slowly, painfully, as if the
+words were forced from her and she spoke them under great emotion. "I
+think I begin to see a little light."
+
+"Ah," he answered, "you are always above ordinary women. There is no one
+in the world like you. Your brain is keen, subtle, strong. You were
+destined for me from the first."
+
+Once more, even in the midst of her excitement, a shade passed over her
+face. She touched him on the arm again.
+
+"Go on! Tell me! Not this, not that. Tell me about the work!"
+
+"I," he repeated, "I alone of all men in the world have learnt how to
+collect the invisible vibrations of thought itself. Now, remember what I
+told you at first. I mentioned Light, the way in which Light can be
+passed through a prism, split up into its component parts, and give the
+secret of its composition to the eye of the scientist. Not only can _I_
+collect the mysterious vibrations of the human brain, but _I_ can pass
+them through a spectroscope more marvellous than any instrument ever
+dreamt of in the history of the world. I can take the vibrations of
+thought, and discover their consistency, their strength, their MEANING."
+
+She stared at him incredulously. "Even yet," she said, "I fail to see
+the ultimate adaptation of all this. I realize that you have discovered
+a hitherto unproved truth about the mechanism of thought. That is an
+achievement which will send your name ringing down the avenues of the
+future. But there seems to be something behind all you are telling me.
+You have more to say. What is the _practical_ outcome of all this, this
+theoretical fact?"
+
+"It is this," he answered. "I hold in my hands the power to know what
+this or that person, be it a king upon his throne, a girl on her wedding
+day, or a criminal in the dock, is thinking at any given moment."
+
+She started from him with a little cry. "Oh no," she said, and her face
+had grown very white indeed. "Oh no, God would not allow it. It is a
+power only God has."
+
+He laughed, and in his laugh she heard something that made her shrink
+back still further. It was a laugh such as Lucifer might have laughed,
+who defied a Power which he would not acknowledge to be greater than
+his.
+
+"You will never do that," she said, "wonderful as you are."
+
+"Marjorie," he answered, "I am a man with a brain that theorizes, but
+never ventures upon a statement that cannot be proved by fact. If I tell
+you this, if I hint broadly at the outcome of my life's work, I am doing
+so, believe me, because I have chapter and verse for all I say, because
+I can prove that it has passed from the dim realms of theory and of hope
+into the brilliant daylight of actual achievement!"
+
+She stared at him. His words were too much for her mind to grasp
+immediately.
+
+It was an intense moment.
+
+But, as in real life intense moments generally are, it was broken by a
+curious interruption.
+
+A voice came thickly from the arm-chair by the fire, where old Lady
+Poole had been reclining in placid sleep. It was the strange voice of
+one who sleeps, without expression, but perfectly distinct.
+
+"I will not have it, cook--(indistinguishable murmur)--explained when I
+engaged you--will _not_ have men in the kitchen!"
+
+Sir William and Marjorie looked at each other for a moment with blank
+faces. Then, all overstrung as they were, the absurdity of the
+occurrence struck them at the same moment, and they began to laugh
+softly together.
+
+It was a little pleasant and very human interlude in the middle of these
+high matters, and at that moment the great man felt that he was nearer
+to Marjorie than he had been before at any other moment of the
+afternoon. She no longer hung entranced upon his impassioned and
+wonderful words, she laughed with him quite quietly and simply.
+
+Lady Poole snored deeply, and no longer vocalized the drama of her
+domestic dream.
+
+Suddenly Marjorie turned back once more to Sir William.
+
+"It's only mother dreaming about one of the servants we have had to send
+away," she said. "What a stupid interruption! Now, go on, go on!"
+
+Her voice recalled him to his marvellous story.
+
+"Tell me what is the actual achievement," she said.
+
+"It is this. When you speak into a telephone the vibrations of your
+voice agitate a sensitive membrane, and by means of electricity the
+vibrations are conveyed to almost any distance. When Madame Melba sings
+into the gramophone, her voice agitates the membrane, which in its turn
+agitates a needle, which in its turn again makes certain marks upon a
+waxen disc."
+
+"Yes, go on, go on!"
+
+"When I put a certain instrument upon the head of a man or a woman, when
+I surround the field of emanation by a shield which captures the
+vibrations, they are conducted to a receiver more delicate and sensitive
+than anything which has ever been achieved by scientific process
+before. That receiver collects these vibrations and can transmit them,
+just in the manner of a telephone or telegraph wire, for almost any
+distance."
+
+"And at the other end?" Marjorie asked.
+
+"It has been a difficulty of ten long, anxious, unwearying years."
+
+"And now?"
+
+"Now that difficulty has been finally overcome."
+
+"Therefore?"
+
+"What a person thinks in London can be sent in vibrations along a wire
+to Paris."
+
+"I see. I understand! But when there they can only be transmitted to
+another brain, of course. You mean that you have invented a more
+marvellous system of telegraphy than has ever been invented before. For
+instance, I could sit here in this room and communicate with you with
+absolute freedom in Paris. How wonderful that is! What a triumphant
+achievement! But--but, William, marvellous as it is, you do not
+substantiate what you said just now. The secrets of thought may be
+yours, but only when the sender wills it."
+
+"Ah," he answered, with a deep note of meaning coming into his voice.
+"If I had only discovered what you say, I should have discovered much.
+But I have gone far, far away from this. I have done much, much more.
+And in that lies the supreme value of my work."
+
+Once more they were standing together, strained with wonder, with
+amazement and triumph passing between them like the shuttle of a loom;
+once more she was caught up into high realms of excitement and dawning
+knowledge, the gates of which had never opened to her brain before.
+
+"To come back to the phonograph," Sir William said. "The marks are made
+upon the waxen disc, and they are afterwards reproduced in sound,
+recorded upon metal plates to remain for ever as a definite reproduction
+of the human voice. Now, and here I come to the final point of all, I
+have discovered a means by which thought can be turned into actual
+vision, into an actual expression of itself for every one to read. What
+I mean is this. I have discovered the process, and I have invented the
+machine by which, as a person thinks, the thought can be conveyed to any
+distance along the wire, can be received at the other end by an
+instrument which splits it up into this or that vibration. And these
+vibrations actuate upon a machine by the spectroscope, by the bioscope,
+which show them upon a screen in the form of either pictures or of words
+as the thoughts of the thinker are at that moment sent out by the brain
+in words or pictures."
+
+"Then what does this mean?"
+
+"It means that once my apparatus, whether by consent of the subject or
+by force, is employed to collect the thought vibrations, then no secrets
+can be hidden. The human soul must reveal itself. Human personality is
+robbed of its only defence. There will be no need to try the criminal of
+the future. He must confess in spite of himself. The inviolability of
+thought is destroyed. The lonely citadel of self exists no longer. The
+pious hypocrite must give his secret to the world, and sins and sinners
+must confess to man what only God knew before."
+
+Marjorie sat down in her chair and covered her face with her hands.
+Various emotions thronged and pulsed through her brain. The stupendous
+thing that this man had done filled her with awe for his powers, with
+terror almost, but with a great exultation also. She did not love him,
+she knew well that she had never loved him, but she realized her
+influence over him. She knew that this supreme intellect was hers to do
+with as she would. She knew that if he was indeed, as he said, master of
+the world, she was mistress of his mind, she was the mistress of him.
+The mysterious force of his love, greater than any other earthly force
+which he could capture or control, had made him, who could make the
+minds of others his slaves and instruments, the slave of her.
+
+Yes! LOVE! That, after all, was the greatest force in the whole world.
+Here was a more conclusive proof than perhaps any woman had ever had
+before in the history of humanity.
+
+Love! Even while the inmost secrets of nature were wrested from her by
+such a man as this, love was still his master, love was still the motive
+power of the world.
+
+And as she thought that, she forgot for a moment all her fears and all
+her wonder, in a final realization of what all the poets had sung and
+all the scientists striven to destroy. Her blood thrilled and pulsed
+with the knowledge, but it did not thrill or pulse for the man whose
+revelations had confirmed her in it. The man whom she had promised to
+marry was the man who had confirmed her in the knowledge of the truth.
+And all he had said and done filled her with a strange joy such as she
+had never known before.
+
+At that moment Sir William came towards her. He had switched on the
+electric light, and the room was now brilliantly illuminated. In his
+hand he held a large oval thing of brass, bright and shining.
+
+At that moment, also, old Lady Poole woke up with a start.
+
+"Dear me," she said, "I must have taken forty winks. Well, I suppose, my
+dear children, that I have proved my absolute inability to be _de trop_!
+What are you doing, William?"
+
+"It's a little experiment," Sir William said, "one of my inventions,
+Lady Poole. Marjorie, I want you to take off your hat."
+
+Marjorie did so. With careful and loving hands the great man placed the
+metal helmet upon her head. The girl let him do so as if she were in a
+dream. Then Sir William pressed a button in the wall. In a few seconds
+there was an answering and sudden ring of an electric bell in the study.
+
+"Now, Marjorie!" Sir William said, "now, all I have told you is being
+actually proved."
+
+He looked at her face, which flowered beneath the grotesque and shining
+cap of metal.
+
+"Now, Marjorie, everything you are thinking is being definitely recorded
+in another place."
+
+For a moment or two the significance of his words did not penetrate to
+her mind.
+
+Then she realized them.
+
+Lady Poole and the scientist saw the rapt expression fade away like a
+lamp that is turned out. Horror flashed out upon it, horror and fear.
+Her hands went up to her head; she swept off the brilliant helmet and
+flung it with a crash upon the ground.
+
+Then she swayed for a moment and sank into a deep swoon.
+
+She had been thinking of Mr. Guy Rathbone, barrister-at-law, and what
+her thoughts were, who can say?
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+THE SECOND LOVER ARRIVES
+
+
+On the evening of the day in which she had fainted, Marjorie Poole sat
+alone in the drawing-room of her mother's house in Curzon Street.
+
+It was a large, handsome place, furnished in the Empire style with
+mirrors framed in delicate white arabesques, and much gilding woven into
+the pattern. The carpet was a great purple expanse covered with laurel
+wreaths of darker purple.
+
+There was but little furniture in the big, beautiful place, but it was
+all airy, fantastic and perfect of its kind. There was a general air of
+repose, of size and comely proportion in this delightful room. Here, an
+old French clock clicked merrily, there were two or three inlaid
+cabinets, and upon the walls were a few copies of some of Watteau's
+delightful scenes in the old courtly gardens of Versailles.
+
+Marjorie wore a long tea-gown, and she was sitting quite alone in the
+brilliantly lit place, with a book in her hand. The book was in her
+hand indeed, but she was not reading it. Her eyes were fixed upon the
+opposite wall, though they saw nothing there. Her thoughts were busy and
+her face was pale.
+
+She had recovered from her swoon in a minute or two, and found her
+mother fussing round her and her lover generally skilful in doing all
+that was necessary. And a short time afterwards she had driven home with
+Lady Poole.
+
+What she had heard, the very strain of hearing and being so intensely
+interested in it, had taken her strength away. Then had come the words
+when Sir William told her that the very thoughts that she was thinking
+at that moment were being in some mysterious way recorded and known. And
+she knew that she had been thinking of another man, thinking of him as
+an engaged girl should never think.
+
+But as she had returned to consciousness, Sir William had told her
+kindly and simply that if she had feared her thoughts, whatever they
+might be, were known to him, she need fear no longer. "There was no
+one," he said, "observing any record of vibrations from your dear mind.
+Do you think that I should have allowed that, Marjorie? How could you
+think it of me?"
+
+She had driven home relieved but very weary, and feeling how complex
+life was, how irrevocable the mistakes one made from impulse or lack of
+judgment really were.
+
+Ambition! Yes, it was that that had brought her to where she was now.
+Her heart had never been touched by any one. She never thought herself
+capable of a great love for a man. From all her suitors she had chosen
+the one who most satisfied her intellectual aspirations, who seemed to
+her the one that could give her the highest place, not only in the
+meaningless ranks of society, but in and among those who are the elect
+and real leaders of the world.
+
+And now? Well, now she was waiting because Guy Rathbone was coming to
+the house.
+
+A letter from him had arrived just before dinner. She had expected it by
+an earlier post, the post by which all his letters usually came, and she
+had been impatient at its non-arrival. But it had come at last, and she
+was sitting in the drawing-room waiting for him now.
+
+He was on intimate terms in that house, and came and went almost as he
+would, old Lady Poole liking to have young people round her, and feeling
+that now Marjorie's future was satisfactorily settled, there was no need
+to bar her doors to people she was fond of, but who, before the
+engagement, she would have regarded as dangerous.
+
+Even as Marjorie was thinking of him, the butler showed Guy Rathbone
+into the room.
+
+Marjorie got up, flushing a little as she saw him.
+
+"Mother's very tired," she said; "she's not well to-night, and so she's
+gone to bed. Perhaps you'd rather not stay."
+
+He sat down, after shaking hands, without an answer in words. He looked
+at her, and that was his answer.
+
+He was a tall young man, as tall as Sir William, but more largely built,
+with the form and figure not of the student but rather of the athlete.
+His face was clean-shaven, frank, open and boyishly good-looking; but a
+pair of heavy eyebrows hung over eyes that were alert and bright,
+robbing the upper part of his face of a too juvenile suggestion. His
+head was covered with dark red curls, and he had the walk and movements
+of perfect health and great physical power, that had once led a
+dyspeptic friend at the Oxford and Cambridge Club to remark of him, that
+"Rathbone is the sort of fellow who always suggests that he could eat
+all the elephants of India and pick his teeth with the spire of
+Strasburg Cathedral afterwards."
+
+There was force about him, the force of clean, happy youth, health, and
+a good brain. It was not the concentrated force and power of Sir
+William, but it was force nevertheless.
+
+And as he came into the room, Marjorie felt her whole heart go out to
+him, leaping towards him in his young and manly beauty. She knew that
+here indeed was the one man that would satisfy her life for ever and a
+day. He was not famous, he was clever without having a great intellect,
+but for some reason or other he was the man for her. She knew it, and
+she feared that he was beginning to know she knew it.
+
+He was sitting in the chair, when he turned and looked her straight in
+the face.
+
+"I have come to-night," he said, "to say something very serious, very
+serious indeed. I am glad Lady Poole isn't here, just for to-night,
+Marjorie."
+
+"I've told you you oughtn't to say Marjorie," she said.
+
+"Well," he answered, "you've called me Guy for a good long time now, and
+one good turn deserves another."
+
+He smiled, showing a perfect and even row of teeth, a smile so simple,
+hearty and spontaneous that once more that furiously beating heart of
+hers seems striving to burst its physical bonds and leap to him.
+
+Then he passed his hand through his hair, and his face immediately
+became full of perplexity and doubt.
+
+"I should have been here before," he said, "only I was detained. I met
+a man who happened to take my overcoat to-day in mistake for his own
+from the hairdresser's. He turned out to be a decent sort of chap, and I
+couldn't get rid of him at once. But that's by the way. I've come here
+to say something which is awfully difficult to say. I've fought it out
+with myself, and I've wondered if I should be a bounder in saying it.
+I'm afraid I'm going to say something that a gentleman oughtn't to say.
+I don't know. I really don't know. But something within tells me that if
+I don't say it I should be doing something which I should regret all my
+life long. But you must forgive me, and if after what I've said to you
+you feel that I oughtn't to have done so, I do beg you will forgive me,
+Marjorie. Will you forgive me?"
+
+Her voice was very low. "Yes," she said in almost a whisper.
+
+"You are engaged to another man," he said. "I don't know him, I have
+never seen him. I know he is a great swell and very important. A year
+ago, if anybody had told me that I was going to talk to a girl who was
+engaged to another man as I'm going to talk to you, I should probably
+have knocked him down. Shows one never knows, doesn't it, Marjorie?"
+
+She began to breathe quickly. Her breast rose and fell, her agitation
+was very manifest. The tears were beginning to well up in her eyes. She
+hated herself for this visible emotion; she did her best to control it,
+but it was utterly impossible, and she knew that she was telling him
+even now what she knew also he most desired to hear.
+
+He got up from his chair, big, forceful, manly and young, and was by her
+side in a moment.
+
+"Marjorie," he said, "dear, sweet girl, I can't help telling you,
+however wrong it may be. I love you, I love you deeply and dearly. I am
+quite certain, I don't know how, but I'm certain, and nothing in the
+world could persuade me I wasn't, that I'm the man who was made for you,
+and that you're the girl who was made for me. I can't put it poetically,
+I don't know how to say it beautifully, as the Johnnies say it in the
+novels and on the stage, but, darling, I love you."
+
+There was a catch and a break in his voice; a sob had come into it.
+
+Then he went on. "Do you know, Marjorie, I can't help thinking somehow
+that you must have made a mistake--" He was kneeling now by the side of
+her chair. His arms stole round her, she made no motion to forbid it. It
+was a moment of absolute surrender, a surrender which she had no power
+to withstand.
+
+And now he held her in his strong arms, his kisses fell upon her lips,
+her head was on his shoulder, she was sobbing quietly and happily. With
+no word of avowal spoken, she gave herself to him at that moment. He had
+felt, and his whole body was shaken with joy and triumph, that come what
+might, she was his in spirit if indeed she could never be his in any
+other way.
+
+It was a great moment for those two young lives. Young man and maid,
+knowing themselves and each other for the first time. It wasn't
+romantic, exactly, there was nothing very striking about it, perhaps,
+but it was sweet--ah! unutterably sweet!
+
+ * * * * *
+
+He was walking about the room.
+
+"You must tell him," he said, "dearest. You'll have to go through so
+much more than I shall, and it cuts me to the heart to think of it.
+You'll have to face all the opposition of everybody, of your people, of
+society and the world generally. And I can't help; you'll have to go
+through this alone. It's a bitter thought that I can't help you. Dear,
+dare you fight through this for me? Are you strong enough? are you brave
+enough?"
+
+She went up to him, and placed both her hands upon his shoulders,
+looking straight into his face.
+
+"I have been wicked," she said, "I have been wrong. But perhaps there
+were excuses. Until one has felt love, real love, Guy, one doesn't
+realize its claims or the duties one owes it. I was ambitious. I liked
+William well enough. He interested me and stimulated me. I felt proud to
+think that I was to be the companion of a man who knew and had done so
+much. But now the mere thought of that companionship fills me with fear.
+Not fear of him, but fear of the treachery I should have done my nature
+and myself if I had married him. I don't know what will happen, but here
+and now, Guy, whatever may be the outcome, I tell you that I love you,
+and I swear to you, however wrong it may be, whatever violence I may be
+doing to my plighted troth, I tell you that, however great the
+unworthiness, I will be yours and yours alone. I know it's wrong, and
+yet, somehow, I feel it can't be wrong. I don't understand,
+but--but----" He took her in his arms once more and held her.
+
+It was late, and he was going, and was bidding her farewell. He knelt
+before her and took her hand, bowing over it and kissing it.
+
+"Good-night," he said, "my lady, my love, my bride! I am with you now,
+and shall be with you always in spirit until we are one--until the end
+of our lives. And whatever may be in store in the immediate future I
+shall be watching and waiting, I shall be guarding you and shielding you
+as well as I can, and if things come to the worst, I shall be ready, and
+we will count the world well lost, as other wise lovers have done, for
+the sacred cause and in the holy service of Love."
+
+So he bowed over her slim white hand and kissed it, looking in his
+beauty and confidence and strength like any knight of old kneeling
+before the lady he was pledged to serve. And when he was gone, and she
+was alone in her room up-stairs, Marjorie was filled with a joy and
+exhilaration such as she had never known before. Yet there seemed
+hanging over the little rosy landscape, the brightly-lit landscape in
+which she moved, a dark and massive cloud.
+
+She dreamt thus. She dreamt that this cloud grew blacker and blacker,
+and still more heavy, sinking lower and lower towards her. Then she saw
+her lover as a knight in armour cutting upwards with a gleaming sword
+until the cloud departed and rushed away, and all was once more bathed
+in sunlight. She knew the name of that sword. It was not Excalibur, it
+was Love.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+A CONSPIRACY OF SCIENTISTS
+
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough had been up very late the night before. He
+came down from his room on a grey morning a fortnight after the day on
+which he had told Marjorie something of his hopes. It was nearly twelve
+o'clock. He had not retired to rest until four upon the same morning.
+And when he had at last left the great laboratories built out of the
+back of the house, he had stumbled up to his room, a man drunk with an
+almost incredible success--a success of detail so perfect and complete
+that his intelligence staggered before the supreme triumph of his hopes.
+
+But the remaining portion of the night, or rather during the beginning
+of the chill wintry dawn, he had lain alone in his great Georgian
+bedroom, watching the grey light filtering into the room, flood by
+flood, until the dark became something more terrible, something filled
+with vast moving shadows, with monstrous creatures which lurked in the
+corners of the room, with strange half lights that went and came, and
+gave the wan mirrors of the wardrobe, of the mantel-shelf, a ghost-like
+life only to withdraw, and then once more increase it.
+
+And as this great and famous man lay in this vast lonely room without
+power of sleep, two terrible emotions surged and throbbed within
+him,--two emotions in their intensity too great for one mind to hold.
+
+One was the final and detailed triumph of all he held dear in the world
+of science and in the department of his life's work. The other was the
+imminent and coming ruin of his heart's hope, and the love which had
+come to him, and which had seemed the most wonderful thing that life
+could give.
+
+Yes, there he lay, a king of intellect, a veritable prince of the powers
+of the air, and all his triumph was but as dust and ashes and
+bitterness, because he knew that he was losing a smaller principality
+perhaps, but one he held dearer than all his other possessions.
+
+Emperor of the great grey continent of science, he must now resign his
+lordship of the little rosy principality of Love.
+
+So, as he came down-stairs close upon mid-day of the winter's morning--a
+tall distinguished figure in the long camel's-hair dressing-gown, with
+its suggestion of a monk's robe--the butler who was crossing the hall
+at the time was startled by the fixed pallor of his face.
+
+The man went up to him.
+
+"Excuse me, Sir William," he said, "but you're working too hard. You're
+not well, sir. You mustn't overdo it. I have got you a sole and
+mushrooms for breakfast, sir, but I should not advise you to touch it,
+now I've seen you. If you'll allow me to offer my advice, I should
+suggest a bowl of soup."
+
+"Thank you, Delaine," Sir William answered. "But I don't think I could
+even take anything at present. Will you send my letters into the study?"
+
+"Yes, Sir William," the man replied, "and I shall make so bold as to
+bring you a bowl of soup in half-an-hour, as well."
+
+Gouldesbrough crossed the great gloomy hall and entered the study.
+
+A bright fire was glowing on the hearth, the place was all dusted, tidy
+and cheerful, even though the world outside was a blank wall of fog.
+
+He stood up in the middle of the room. Tall, columnar, with a great
+dignity about him, had there been any one there to see. It was a dual
+dignity, the dignity of supreme success and the dignity of irremediable
+pain.
+
+The butler came in with the letters upon a copper tray. There was a
+great pile of them, and as the man closed the door after he put the tray
+upon the writing-table, Sir William began to deal the letters like a
+pack of cards, throwing this and that one on the floor, with a shuffling
+movement of the wrist, and as he did so his eyes were horrid in their
+searching and their intensity. At last he came to the one he sought. A
+letter addressed to him in a bold but feminine handwriting. As his
+fingers touched it a loud sob burst out into the silence of the room.
+With shaking fingers he tore it open, standing among the litter of the
+unopened letters, and began to read.
+
+He read the letter right through, then walked to the mantel-piece,
+leaning his right arm upon it as if for support. But the tension was now
+a little relaxed. He had come down to find the worst, to meet the
+inevitable. He had met it, and there was now neither premonition of the
+moment of realization nor the last and torturing flicker of despairing
+hope.
+
+This was the letter. It began without preface or address--
+
+ "You must have known this was coming. Everything in your manner has
+ shown me that you knew it was coming. And for that, unhappy as I
+ am, I am glad. I have a terrible confession to make to you. But
+ you who are so great, you who know the human mind from your great
+ height, as a conquering general surveys a country from a
+ mountain-top, you will understand. When you asked me to marry you
+ and I said 'Yes,' I was pleased and flattered, and I had a
+ tremendous admiration and respect for you and for all you have
+ done. Then when we came to know each other, I began to see the
+ human side of you, and I had, and if you will let me say so, still
+ have, a real affection for you. And had it not been that something
+ more powerful than affection has come into my life, I would have
+ been a true and faithful wife and companion to you.
+
+ "But you have seen, and you must know, that things are changed. Are
+ we not all subject to the laws of destiny, the laws of chance? Is
+ it not true that none of us on our way through the world can say by
+ whom or how we shall be caught up out of ourselves and changed into
+ what we could not be before? Oh, you know it all. You of all men
+ know it!
+
+ "I need not here speak in detailed words, because from things you
+ have seen you know well enough what I am about to say, of whom I
+ would speak if I could. But it is enough, William, to tell you what
+ you already know. That I love some one else, and that if I am true
+ to myself, which is after all the first _duty_ of all of us, I
+ could never marry you. I can never be to you what you wish or what
+ I would like to be as your wife. I am stricken down with the
+ knowledge of the pain all this will give you, though, thank God, it
+ is not a pain for which you are unprepared. I dare not ask your
+ forgiveness, I can say nothing to console you. I have acted
+ wickedly and wrongly, but I cannot do anything else but what I am
+ doing.
+
+ "Forgive, if you can. Think kindly, if you can, of Marjorie."
+
+Now he knew. He folded the letter gently, kissed it--an odd action for a
+man so strong--and put it in the inside pocket of his coat, which
+pressed next his heart.
+
+Then he rang the bell.
+
+"Ask Mr. Guest to come," he said.
+
+"Very well, Sir William," the butler answered, "but Mr. Charliewood has
+just arrived."
+
+"Then ask him in," Gouldesbrough answered.
+
+Charliewood came into the room.
+
+"By Jove!" he said, "you look about as seedy as I've ever seen you
+look!"
+
+Sir William went up to him and put his hand upon his shoulder.
+
+"Look here," he said, "I've had a smack in the face this morning,
+Charliewood. You know what it is, I need not tell you. And look here,
+too, I'm going to ask you to help me as you've never helped me before.
+I'm afraid, old fellow, I've often been a nuisance to you, and often
+rather rubbed in the fact that you owe me money, and that you've had to
+do things for me. Forgive me now, if you will. I'm going to call upon
+you for active friendship."
+
+"Oh," Charliewood answered, "we won't talk about friendship between you
+and me. I've done what I had to do and there's enough."
+
+Sir William still held him by the shoulder. "You don't really feel that,
+Charliewood?" he said in a quiet voice, and as he did so the magnetism
+of his personality began to flow and flood upon the weaker man and
+influence him to kindliness.
+
+"Well, well," he said, "what is it now? I suppose we've been running
+round a vicious circle and we've come to the last lap?"
+
+"That's just about it," Sir William answered. "Just let me say that this
+is the last service I shall ever ask from you. I'll give you back all
+the I.O.U.'s and things, and I'll give you enough money to put yourself
+absolutely right with the world, then we'll say good-bye."
+
+Charliewood started. "That's awfully good of you," he said. "I don't
+think that I want to say good-bye. But still, what is it?"
+
+"Rathbone," Sir William answered, pronouncing the name with marked
+difficulty.
+
+"It's all over then?" Charliewood answered.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"I thought it would be. I have told you all that has been going on, and
+I knew it would be."
+
+"She's written to me this morning," Gouldesbrough said. "A kind letter,
+but a letter finishing it all."
+
+Then the weaker, smaller man became, as so often happens in life, the
+tempter--the instrument which moves the lever of a man's career towards
+the dark sinister side of the dial.
+
+Charliewood was touched and moved by the unexpected kindness in his
+patron's voice.
+
+"Don't say it's finished," he said; "nothing is finished for a man like
+you, with a man like me to help him. Of course it's not finished. You
+have not always been all you might to me, William, but I'll help you
+now. I'll do anything you want me to do. Buck up, old boy! You will pass
+the post first by a couple of lengths yet."
+
+"How?"
+
+"Well, what were you going to ask me to do?"
+
+They looked each other in the face with glowing eyes and pale
+countenances, while a horrible excitement shone out upon them both.
+
+At that moment the door opened very quietly, and an extraordinary person
+came into the room.
+
+He was a short, fat, youthful-looking man, with a large, pink, and quite
+hairless face. The face was extremely intelligent, noticeably so, but it
+was streaked and furrowed with dissipation. It told the story not of the
+man who enjoyed the sensuous things of life in company, and as part of a
+merry progress towards the grave, but it betrayed the secret sot, the
+cunning sensualist private and at home.
+
+This man was Mr. Guest, Sir William's faithful assistant in science, a
+man who had no initiative power, who could rarely invent a project or
+discover a scientific fact, but a man who, when once he was put upon the
+lines he ought to go, could follow them as the most intelligent
+sleuth-hound in the scientific world.
+
+Wilson Guest was perhaps the greatest living physicist in Europe. He was
+of inestimable value to his chief, and he was content to remain between
+the high red-brick walls of the old house in Regent's Park, provided
+with all he needed for his own amusements, and instigated to further
+triumphs under the ægis of his master.
+
+"Well, what is it?" said this fat, youthful and rather horrible-looking
+person.
+
+"We've come to grips of the great fact, Guest," Sir William answered,
+still with his hand upon Charliewood's shoulder.
+
+The pink creature laughed a hollow and merciless laugh.
+
+"I knew it would come to this," he said, "since you have added another
+interest to your scientific interests, Gouldesbrough. Why have you
+called me in to a consultation?"
+
+Gouldesbrough's whole face changed; it became malignant, the face of a
+devil.
+
+"I'm going to win," he said. "I've had a knock-down blow, but I'm going
+to get up and win still! Mr. Rathbone must disappear. That can be easily
+arranged with the resources at our command."
+
+Guest gave a horrible chuckle.
+
+"And when we've got him?" he said.
+
+"He must disappear for always," Gouldesbrough answered.
+
+"Quite easy," Guest replied. "Quite easy, William. But, _not until we've
+done with him, shall he_?"
+
+"What do you mean?"
+
+"Why, isn't it the last condition of our experiments that we should have
+some one a slave, a dead man to the world, to use as we shall think fit?
+Here's your man. Do what you like to him afterwards. Let's make your
+rival a stepping-stone to your final success."
+
+Then the three men looked at each other in fear.
+
+Charliewood and Sir William Gouldesbrough were pale as linen, but the
+short, fat man was pink still, and laughed and chuckled nervously.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+"WILL YOU WALK INTO MY PARLOUR?"
+
+
+Mr. Eustace Charliewood's chambers were in Jermyn Street. But few of his
+many friends had ever seen the interior of them. Such entertaining as
+the man about town did--and he was always one of those who were
+entertained, rather than one of those who offer hospitality--was done at
+his club.
+
+The man who looked after the place and valeted his master was therefore
+the more surprised when Charliewood had called him up one morning after
+breakfast.
+
+"Look here, William," Charliewood had said, "I've got a gentleman coming
+to dinner. We've some business to talk over, so I shan't dine him at the
+club. I suppose you can manage a little dinner here?"
+
+"Certainly, sir, if necessary," the man answered. "Of course you're not
+in the habit of dining at home, and you've not got your own things. That
+is if you mean a proper little dinner, sir."
+
+"I do, I do, William," his master answered hurriedly.
+
+"But, there, that needn't matter," the man answered, "we can have
+everything in if you like, sir."
+
+"That will be best," Charliewood answered. "I leave everything to you,
+William. Except," he added as an afterthought, "the menu. I want a small
+dinner, William, but quite good. Shall we say a little _bisque_ for the
+soup? Then perhaps a small Normandy sole. Afterwards a chicken cooked
+_en casserole_. As an _entrée_ some white truffles stewed in
+Sillery--you can get them in glass jars from Falkland & Masons--and then
+a morsel of Brie and some coffee. That will do, I think."
+
+"And about the wine, sir?" said William, astonished at these
+unaccustomed preparations, and inwardly resolving that Mr. Eustace
+Charliewood had discovered a very brightly plumed pigeon to pluck.
+
+"Oh, about the wine! Well, I think I'll see to that myself. I'll have it
+sent up from the club. You've an ice-pail for the champagne, haven't
+you, William?"
+
+"Yes, sir, we certainly have _that_."
+
+"Very good then. We'll say at eight then."
+
+William bowed and withdrew.
+
+All that day the various members of this or that fast and exclusive
+club round about St. James's Street, noticed that Eustace Charliewood
+was out of form. His conversation and his greetings were not so
+imperturbably cheerful and suave as usual. He took no interest in the
+absorbing question as to whether young Harry Rayke--the Earl of Spaydes'
+son--would after all propose to Lithia Varallette, the well-known
+musical comedy girl. The head waiter of the Baobab Club noticed Mr.
+Charliewood was off his food, and everybody with whom the man about town
+came in contact said that "Richard was by no means himself."
+
+As the evening drew on, a dark, foggy evening, which promised as night
+came to be darker and foggier still, Charliewood's agitation increased,
+though just now there was no one to see it.
+
+He walked down St. James's Street, past Marlborough House, and briskly
+promenaded the wide and splendid avenue which now exists in front of
+Buckingham Palace. The fog made him cough, the raw air was most
+unpleasant, and it was no hour for exercise. But, despite the cold and
+misery of it all, Charliewood continued his tramp backwards and
+forwards.
+
+When he returned to his chambers in Jermyn Street, about seven o'clock,
+he found that his clothes were wet with perspiration, and only a hot
+bath before dressing for dinner and a couple of bromide tabloids in a
+wine-glass full of milk seemed to bring him back to his ordinary
+condition.
+
+When, however, he went into his little dining-room, to all outward
+appearances he was the usual Eustace Charliewood of the pavements and
+club-rooms of the West End.
+
+The room was comfortable. A bright fire glowed upon the hearth, shining
+upon the high-class sporting prints, the subdued wall-paper, the
+comfortable padded chairs, and the shelves loaded with bachelor
+nick-nacks and sporting trophies of his youth.
+
+In one corner was a little round table set for two, gleaming with glass
+and silver and lit by electric lights covered with crimson shades.
+
+It was all very warm and inviting. He looked round it with satisfaction
+for a moment.
+
+Then, suddenly, as he stood on the hearth-rug, he put his plump, white
+hand with the heavy seal ring upon it, up to his throat. The apple moved
+up and down convulsively, and for a single moment the whole being of the
+man was filled with overmastering fear of the future and horror and
+loathing for himself.
+
+The spasm passed as quickly as it came, the drug he had taken asserted
+its grip upon the twitching nerves, the man whose whole life was
+discreet adventure, who was a soldier of social fortune, who daily
+faced perils, became once more himself.
+
+That is to say, to put it in two words, his better angel, who had held
+possession of him for a moment, fled sorrowfully away, while the
+especial spirit deputed to look after the other side of him happened to
+chance that way, and remembering he had often found a hospitable
+reception from Mr. Eustace Charliewood, looked in, found his old
+quarters duly swept and garnished, and settled down.
+
+Charliewood's rooms were on the ground floor. In a minute or two, it was
+about a quarter to eight, he heard someone upon the steps outside, in
+Jermyn Street, and then the electric bell whirr down below in the
+kitchen.
+
+He rushed out into the hall. It generally took William some time to
+mount from the lower regions, which were deep in the bowels of the
+earth, and no doubt Mr. Charliewood kindly desired to spare the butler
+the trouble of opening the door.
+
+So, at least, William thought, as he mounted the kitchen stairs and came
+out into the hall to find Mr. Charliewood already helping his guest off
+with his coat and showing him into the dining-room. William did not know
+that there were any special reasons in Mr. Charliewood's mind for not
+having his guest's name announced and possibly remembered by the
+servant.
+
+"Well, my dear Rathbone, how are you?" Charliewood said, and no face
+could have been kinder or more inviting and pleasant to see than the
+face of the host. "Awfully good of you to come and take me like this,
+but I thought we should be more comfortable here than at the Club. There
+are one or two things I want to talk over. I'll do you as well as I can,
+but I can't answer for anything. You must take pot luck!"
+
+Guy Rathbone looked round the charming room and laughed--a full-blooded,
+happy laugh.
+
+"I wish you could see my chambers in the Temple," he said. "But you
+fellows who live up this end do yourselves so jolly well!"
+
+"I suppose one does overdo it," Charliewood answered, "in the way of
+little comforts and things. It's a mistake, no doubt, but one gets used
+to it and was brought up to it, and so just goes on, dependent upon
+things that a sensible man could easily do without. Now, sit down and
+have a sherry and bitters. Dinner will be up in a minute. And try one of
+these cigarettes. It's a bad plan to smoke before dinner, I know, as a
+rule, but these little things just go with the sherry and bitters, and
+they are special. I get them over from Rio. They're made of black
+Brazilian tobacco, as you see; they're only half as long as your finger,
+and instead of being wrapped in filthy, poisonous rice paper, they're
+covered with maize leaves."
+
+Rathbone sank into the luxurious chair which his host pointed out to
+him, took the sherry, in its heavily cut glass, and lit one of the
+cigarettes. He stretched out his feet towards the fire and enjoyed a
+moment of intense physical ease. The flames and the shaded electric
+lights shone upon his fine and happy face, twinkled upon the stud in his
+shirt front, and showed him for what he was at that moment--a young
+gentleman intensely enjoying everything that life had to give.
+
+In a moment or two more dinner was served.
+
+"You needn't wait, William," Charliewood said, as they sat down to the
+_hors d'oeuvre_. "Just put the soup on and I'll ring when we're ready."
+
+"So good of you to ask me," Rathbone said. "I should have gone to the
+Oxford and Cambridge Club, had a beef-steak, looked at the evening
+papers, and then returned to chambers to write letters. Rather a dismal
+proceeding on a night like this!"
+
+"Hadn't you anything on to-night, then?" Charliewood asked carelessly.
+
+"Not a single thing," Rathbone answered. "I've been cutting all my
+engagements during the last week or two, telling people I was going out
+of town. I've got a special reason for working very hard just now."
+
+Charliewood started, and a slight gleam came into his eyes.
+
+"Good idea, that!" he said, "telling people you're going out of town
+when you want to be quiet for a week or two!"
+
+"It is," Rathbone replied. "At most of the houses I'm in the habit of
+going to just now every one thinks I'm away. I've been living the life
+of a recluse, as far as society goes."
+
+Charliewood slightly lifted a glass of Pol Roger.
+
+"Here's success to the work, my dear boy," he said jovially. "And I
+congratulate myself on the odd accident which brought us together. And
+of course I don't know you very well, Rathbone, and I am sure I should
+hate to be impertinent in any way. But still, as you know, I go about
+everywhere, and one can't help hearing things. And, besides, I'm in a
+special position in regard to a certain matter, too. Here's my best wish
+for your happiness in the future, in another way!"
+
+He looked straight into the young man's eyes as he said this, and as he
+did so Rathbone, whose glass was lifted in response, began to colour
+until his whole face became crimson.
+
+"I haven't offended you?" Charliewood said quickly.
+
+"Oh--er--not a bit, of course," Rathbone answered with manifest
+uneasiness. "But I didn't know that anything had got about. I didn't
+know that you knew. Oh, confound it," he concluded, "I don't want to
+talk about my own affairs; I----Hang it all, Charliewood, tell me
+straight out what you mean."
+
+"I repeat," Charliewood answered, "that I haven't known you very long,
+and therefore I am very chary of in any way infringing the natural
+reticence that should be between men in our position. Still, you know
+who I am; everybody knows all about me, and I should like you to believe
+that I am really a friend."
+
+As he said this, though his face was full of frankness and kindliness
+once more, Charliewood felt that sick loathing of himself he had
+experienced just before his guest had arrived. There was a throbbing at
+his temples, his throat felt as if it were packed with warm flour. He
+hurriedly gulped down some champagne and went on. "Everybody knows by
+this time," he said in a quiet voice, "that--that--well, old chap, that
+there has been a sort of set to partners and a change in certain
+quarters."
+
+At that moment William appeared with the fish, Charliewood having rung
+for him at the psychological moment, knowing that the little interlude
+would give his guest time to collect his thoughts.
+
+When the man had once more left the room, Rathbone, who had been biting
+his lips in perplexity and drumming upon the table with his fingers,
+bent towards his host.
+
+"I see you know all about it," he said; "and, upon my word, if you'd let
+me, I should like to talk things over with you from one point of view."
+
+"My dear Rathbone," Charliewood replied, "say nothing whatever to me
+unless you like, but understand that what you did say would be said in
+absolute confidence, and that if the experience of a man older in social
+life, and accustomed to all its vagaries, can help you, I give it to you
+with all my heart."
+
+"Now I call that very good of you, Charliewood," the young man answered.
+"I'll tell you straight out, what you probably already know, and I'll
+ask you for a hint as to what I ought to do. Miss Poole"--he mentioned
+the name with obvious reluctance--"has found that she made an--er, well,
+a sort of mistake in her affections. I have no doubt it's all over
+London that she's written to Sir William Gouldesbrough telling him so."
+
+"Throwing him over, in fact," Charliewood said.
+
+"If you like to put it so," the other answered, "and of course that is
+just what it amounts to."
+
+"Well then?" Charliewood said.
+
+"I feel in a sort of way that I've done an awfully caddish thing,"
+Rathbone went on. "Fortunately, I am not in Gouldesbrough's set. I don't
+know him at all. At the same time it's awfully bad form to make love to
+a girl who's engaged to any one else. And that, unconsciously, is just
+what I seem to have been doing for a very long time. But, believe me,"
+he concluded with a singular simplicity and boyishness, "I really
+couldn't help it."
+
+Charliewood laughed a little and then sighed to himself.
+
+"I quite understand," he said; "these things do and will happen, and it
+wasn't your fault at all. But I do think it's very wrong if a girl who
+finds that she has made a mistake doesn't put it right before it becomes
+unavoidable."
+
+"Do you really?" Rathbone cried. "Well, do you know, that's just my
+point of view, and it relieves me to hear you say so."
+
+"And do you know," Charliewood replied, "that I'm probably the most
+intimate friend William Gouldesbrough has in the world?"
+
+Rathbone started. "Good Lord!" he said. "Then--what--then--why? And you
+really mean that you can be friends with me?"
+
+"That's just what I do mean," Charliewood answered; "and now we've got
+to the point, I will tell you frankly that though our meeting was a pure
+accident in the first place, I am awfully glad that we did meet and that
+you are here to-night. I have talked the whole matter over with poor
+dear Sir William a good deal lately. He has done me the honour to make
+me his confidant in the matter. Two or three days ago I mentioned that I
+knew you."
+
+"What did he say?" Rathbone asked quickly.
+
+"I can't tell you his words," Charliewood answered, "but I can tell you
+their purpose. And it was a wonderful revelation to me of the strength
+and beauty of my old friend's character. He's a fine fellow, Rathbone,
+and when you know him you'll say so too."
+
+"Know him?" Rathbone said. "My dear Charliewood, surely you see that
+it's impossible that I should meet a man to whom I have unconsciously
+done such a great injury."
+
+"Ah," Charliewood answered, "you don't know William. It is just the
+possibility which makes his character so fine. Practically, what he said
+to me was this. 'You know this young fellow, Eustace. Is he a decent
+sort of man? A gentleman in ideas, as well as in position, clean living
+and all that?' 'As far as I know,' I answered, 'he's just so in every
+way.'"
+
+Once more Rathbone coloured up to the eyes.
+
+Charliewood went on.
+
+"Then William unburdened himself to me fully. 'I only want Marjorie
+Poole to be happy,' he said, 'and when the proper time arrives I shall
+just write and tell her so. I was fond of her, deeply fond of her; what
+man would not be? I thought if she cared for me that she would be a
+worthy mistress of my house, and an ideal partner to share my fortune
+and the position I have won. But I am much older than she is. I am
+immersed, as you know, in grave, scientific pursuits, and I quite
+realize that I could not give her what as a young girl she has a right
+to expect. I don't say that I relinquish my claim upon her without a
+pang, but I have other interests, and my wife and love could in any case
+only be a part of my life. Do you know what I should like to do more
+than anything else, Eustace?' 'What?' I said. 'Why,' he continued, 'to
+meet this young Mr. Rathbone. To tell him all that I am telling you,
+perfectly frankly, to shake him by the hand, and, by Jove, to be the
+best man at his wedding, if he'd let me. Then I shall get back to my
+inventions with a quiet mind, knowing that the only girl who has ever
+touched me in the least degree is safe and happy.'"
+
+Rathbone pushed back his chair and jumped up.
+
+"Why, heavens," he said, "what a noble fellow! There's a _man_, if you
+like. I can quite see it all, Charliewood, and you've relieved my mind
+of a tremendous weight. I can see it all quite distinctly. One of the
+most distinguished and charming men of the day sees a beautiful and
+intellectual girl and thinks the time has come when he must marry. Of
+course, he can't really know what _love_ is, like a younger man or a man
+who has not made his mark in the world. He can't feel what I feel, for
+instance. And so he bows to the inevitable, and in the kindest and most
+chivalrous way wants to make every one happy. Charliewood! It's just
+like a story-book!"
+
+"I don't read 'em myself much, the papers do for me. But, 'pon my soul,
+since you put it in that way, so it is."
+
+Mr. Charliewood quite forgot to add what sort of story-book. Even the
+most popular novels of to-day don't always have the traditional happy
+ending.
+
+"Sit down, old fellow," Charliewood said with great kindness. "You
+mustn't miss this chicken, it is a rather special dish, and I'm going to
+ring for William."
+
+"Oh, hang chicken!" Rathbone answered, his face glowing.
+
+"Never abuse your dinner," Charliewood answered. "Only people who are
+not able to dine do that. You never know when you may dine again."
+
+As he said this the wicked exhilaration at having successfully played
+with sure and dexterous fingers upon this young and impressionable
+nature flowed over the older man. An evil joy in his own powers came to
+him--a devilish satisfaction in his knowledge of the horrid future. For
+a moment the Tenant who had lately taken up his abode within Mr. Eustace
+Charliewood was looking out of his host's eye.
+
+Rathbone laughed carelessly. Then, after the waiter had once more
+entered and left the room, he bent over the table and began to speak
+more earnestly.
+
+"I suspect," he said, "that I owe you a great deal in this matter,
+Charliewood, more than you would care to confess. Now tell me, don't I?"
+
+Charliewood waved his hand.
+
+"Oh, we won't go into that part of the question," he said. "But there's
+just one thing I would like to say. Your feeling in the matter has been
+quite splendid, Rathbone. I admire you for the way you have felt and
+spoken since you have been telling me about your engagement, from first
+to last. Such a lot of men would have congratulated themselves upon
+winning the girl away from the other fellow without a thought of what
+the other fellow would feel. Now look here, I do think you owe William
+this much reparation----"
+
+"Anything in the world I can do----" Rathbone was beginning.
+
+"Well, there's one thing you can do," Charliewood answered, "you can
+satisfy him that you're the sort of man to whom he would care to
+surrender Miss Poole. He is willing and anxious to make friends with
+you. In fact, I know he is most anxious to meet you. I admit that it may
+be rather an awkward meeting for you, but I think that you owe it to
+him, considering the way in which he regards the whole affair."
+
+"Of course I will meet him," Rathbone answered. "I shall be proud to
+meet a man like that. Any time you like."
+
+"Well, I don't want to press things, Rathbone; but, personally, I should
+say there was no time like the present. We are sure to find
+Gouldesbrough in to-night after dinner. Suppose we walk up to Regent's
+Park and call on him. I know you will be received in the kindest way, in
+a way you never suspected before we talked the matter over."
+
+"We'll do it," Rathbone answered, "and I shall leave his house to-night
+feeling a great burden has been removed from me."
+
+Charliewood made no answer to this last remark but merely pushed the
+champagne-bottle over to his guest.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+An hour afterwards the two men, both with the astrachan coats which
+brought them so curiously together turned up about their ears, were
+walking briskly towards Oxford Street. The fog was very heavy and few
+people were about, though Charliewood said he knew exactly how to find
+the way.
+
+"You needn't worry," he said, "we'll go up Portland Place, and I can
+find Sir William's house without the least trouble. In fact, I think it
+would be a mistake to take a hansom on a night like this. The roads are
+horribly greasy. You can't see the lights of any vehicle a few yards
+ahead, and we're just as likely to be run into as not. Of course, if
+you'd rather ride----"
+
+"Not a bit," Rathbone answered, "exercise will do me good, and I shall
+feel calmer and more prepared for the interview. I'm not a sybarite like
+you are, and after a dinner like you've given me I should not be nearly
+in such good form unless I did have a walk."
+
+"Right oh!" Charliewood replied; "then come along. We will walk fast to
+keep warm."
+
+They went on, neither talking much, because of the thick fog that stung
+the nostrils and the eyes and poured down the throat when the mouth was
+opened.
+
+In about three-quarters of an hour they had passed up Portland Place,
+turned to the left and were drawing near the house they sought.
+
+"It's not very far now," Charliewood said.
+
+He shook as he said so, and his voice had a very muffled sound.
+
+"Don't you talk, old fellow," Rathbone answered. "I can see you're cold,
+and this fog plays the deuce with the lungs. Do keep quiet; there's no
+need to say anything. I'll follow where you lead."
+
+They stood at last before the little door in the high wall of Sir
+William Gouldesbrough's house.
+
+In the distance the faint rumble of London came to their ears, but there
+was not a soul about. Nobody saw them as Charliewood opened the door
+with a pass-key, explaining to Rathbone that Sir William had given him
+the key in order to save the servants coming through the garden.
+
+"I'm always in and out of the house," he explained, still with the cold
+and fog in his voice.
+
+They opened the door, and it clicked behind them.
+
+Rathbone brushed against some laurel bushes.
+
+"I say," he said, "how dark it is here! You must conduct me,
+Charliewood, up this path. Let me take your arm."
+
+He took his friend's arm, noticing with wonder how the cold seemed to
+have penetrated the bones of his host; for the big man's whole body was
+trembling.
+
+The gravel crunched beneath their feet as they walked for thirty yards
+or so. Then Rathbone saw a dim light above his head. It was the lamp
+which hung in the porch. His feet knocked against the step.
+
+"Here we are," Charliewood said; "six steps, and then the front door."
+
+Once more Charliewood produced a key, opened the massive door of the
+hall, and entered with his friend.
+
+"Take off your coat," he said, as Rathbone looked round wonderingly at
+the big, gloomy and dimly-lit place. "This is rather miserable, but
+Gouldesbrough has got a little snuggery down the passage, where we shall
+be quite comfortable. Are you ready? Very well, then, come along."
+
+The house seemed absolutely still, save for Charliewood's echoing
+footsteps as he led the way towards the door on the right-hand side of
+the wide staircase.
+
+Rathbone followed him. As he did so the sombre emptiness of the place
+began to steal over his nerves and influence them, coupled, no doubt,
+with the expectation of the coming interview.
+
+He shuddered a little, and wished that he was back again in the cosy
+little room in Jermyn Street.
+
+Then a green baize door opened, they passed through, and it swung back
+noiselessly behind them.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+ENGLAND'S GREAT SENSATION
+
+
+In the course of a week or so London, and shortly afterwards the whole
+of England, realized that a new and absorbing sensation was dawning.
+
+Perhaps there is nothing which more excites the popular mind than the
+sudden disappearance of anybody from whatever class of society.
+
+It began to be realized, whispered and hinted at in the newspapers that
+a young and rising barrister of good family, named Mr. Guy Rathbone, of
+the Inner Temple, had suddenly vanished. It was but a year or two before
+that the whole of the country had been thrilled by the sad case of Miss
+Hickman. The event and the excitement it had raised at the time were
+still fresh in the public mind; and when it began to be rumoured that
+something even more sensational than that had taken place, the Press
+began to be on the alert. In ten days' time such as were known of the
+facts of Mr. Guy Rathbone's apparent departure from ordinary life had
+become the topic of the hour. The newspapers were filled with columns of
+surmises. Hour by hour, as the evening papers of London and the
+provinces appeared, new theories, clues, explanations filled the leader
+pages and the contents' bills. The "Rathbone Mystery," as it was called,
+absorbed the whole interest of the country. An announcement of war would
+have been momentarily disregarded by the man in the street, while he yet
+remained unsatisfied as to the truth about the young gentleman who
+seemed to have been utterly wiped out from the world of men and women,
+to have vanished into thin air without a trace of his movements or a
+single clue as to his whereabouts.
+
+All that was accurately known was summed up again and again in the Press
+and in general conversation, and it amounted to just this and no more.
+
+Mr. Guy Rathbone was in fairly prosperous circumstances; he had an
+income of his own, was slowly but steadily climbing the laborious ladder
+of the Bar, was popular in society, and, as far as could be ascertained,
+had no troubles of any sort whatever.
+
+It was shown that Rathbone was not in debt, and practically owed nothing
+whatever, except the ordinary current accounts, which he was accustomed
+to settle every quarter. He had a fair balance at the bank, and his
+securities, which provided him with his income, were intact. His life
+had been a singularly open one. His movements had never suggested
+anything secret or disreputable. His friends were all people in good
+circumstances, and no one had ever alleged any shady acquaintances
+against him. He was in perfect health, was constantly in the habit of
+taking exercise at the German Gymnasium, still played football
+occasionally, and held a commission in the Inns of Court Volunteers. He
+had never been observed to be downcast or despondent in any way. In
+short, there was no earthly reason, at any rate upon the surface, for a
+voluntary withdrawal on his part from the usual routine of his life.
+
+The idea of suicide was frankly scouted by both friends, acquaintances
+and business connections. People do not destroy themselves without a
+real or imaginary reason, and this young man had always been regarded as
+so eminently healthy-minded and sane, that no one was prepared to
+believe even that he had made away with himself in a sudden fit of
+morbidity or madness. It was shown that there had been no taint of
+insanity in his family for several generations. The theory of suicide
+was clearly untenable. This was the conclusion to which journalists,
+police, and the new class of scientific mystery experts which has sprung
+up during the last few years unanimously came. Moreover, in the London
+of to-day, or even in the country, it is a most difficult thing for a
+man to commit suicide without the more or less immediate discovery of
+his remains.
+
+There was not wanting the class of people who hinted at foul play. But
+that theory was immensely narrowed by the fact that no one could have
+had any motive for murdering this young man, save only a member of the
+criminal classes, who did so for personal gain. It was quite true that
+he might have been robbed and his body cunningly disposed of. Such
+things have happened, such things do, though very rarely, happen in the
+London of to-day. But the class of criminal who makes a practice and
+livelihood of robbery with violence, of attempted or actual murder, is a
+small class. Every member of it is intimately known to the police, and
+Scotland Yard was able to discover no single suspicious movement of this
+or that criminal who might reasonably be concerned in such an affair.
+Moreover, it was pointed out that such criminals were either invariably
+brought to justice or that, at any rate, the _fact_ that some one or
+other unknown has committed a murder is invariably discovered within a
+week or so of the occurrence.
+
+For fourteen days the hundreds of people engaged in trying to solve this
+mystery had found no single indication of foul play.
+
+Where, then, was Guy Rathbone? Was he alive? was he dead? Nobody was
+prepared to say.
+
+The one strange circumstance which seemed to throw a tiny light upon the
+mystery was this. For a fortnight or so before his disappearance, Mr.
+Rathbone, usually in the habit of going a good deal to dinner-parties,
+dances, and so on, had declined all invitations. Many people who had
+invited him to this or that function now came forward and announced that
+their invitations had been declined, as Mr. Rathbone had said he was
+going out of town for a short time. Inquiries in the Temple showed that
+Mr. Rathbone had not been out of town at all. He had remained almost
+entirely in his chambers, and even his appearances in the Law Courts,
+where he had only done three days' actual work for the last week or two,
+had been less frequent than usual.
+
+Rathbone was in the habit of being attended to by a woman who came early
+in the morning, lit the fires, prepared his bath and breakfast, and then
+swept the chambers. The woman generally arrived at seven and left about
+twelve, returning again for an hour about six in the evening, to make up
+the fires and do anything else that might be required. Rathbone either
+lunched in the Inner Temple or in one of the Fleet Street restaurants.
+If not dining out, he generally took this meal at the Oxford and
+Cambridge Club, of which he was a member.
+
+The waiters in the Temple Hall said that his attendance had not been
+quite as regular as usual in the fortnight or so before his
+disappearance, but they certainly thought that they had seen him every
+other day or so.
+
+The woman who looked after the chambers stated that Mr. Rathbone had
+remained indoors a good deal more than usual, seeming to be engrossed in
+law books. On several occasions when she had arrived at six in the
+evening, she had found that he did not require his dress clothes put
+out, and had asked her to bring him in some sandwiches or some light
+food of that description, as he intended to work alone far into the
+night.
+
+These slight divergencies from his ordinary habits were, every one
+agreed, significant of something. But what that something was nobody
+knew, and the wild suggestions made on all sides seemed to provide no
+real solution.
+
+The last occasion upon which Mr. Rathbone had been seen by any one able
+to report the occurrence was in the early morning at breakfast. Mrs.
+Baker, the bed-maker, had cooked the breakfast as usual, and had asked
+her master if he would excuse her attendance in the evening, as she had
+a couple of orders for the Adelphi, in return for displaying the bills
+of the theatre in a little shop she kept with her daughter in a street
+off Holborn.
+
+"My master seemed in his usual spirits," the good woman had said in an
+interview with a member of the staff of the _Westminster Gazette_. "He
+gave me permission at once to go to the theatre, and said that he
+himself would be out that evening. There was no trace of anything
+unusual in his manner. When I arrived in the morning and opened the
+outer doors of the chambers with my pass key, I went into the study and
+the sitting-room as usual, lit two fires, turned on the bath, made a cup
+of tea and took it to Mr. Rathbone's bedroom. There was no answer to my
+knock, and when I opened the door and went in, thinking he was
+over-sleeping himself, I found the bed had not been slept in. This was
+very unusual in a gentleman of Mr. Rathbone's regular habits. It would
+not have attracted my notice in the case of some gentlemen I have been
+in the habit of doing for, who were accustomed to stay out without any
+intimation of the fact. But I did think it strange in the case of Mr.
+Guy, always a very steady gentleman. I waited about till nearly one
+o'clock, and he did not return. I then went home, and did not go to the
+chambers again till six o'clock, when I found things in the same state
+as before, the fires burnt out, and no trace of anybody having entered.
+As I left the Inn I asked the porter if he had seen Mr. Rathbone, and he
+replied that he had not returned. The same thing happened for the next
+two days, when the porter communicated with the authorities of the Inn,
+and an inspector of police was called in."
+
+The interview disclosed few more facts of importance, save only one.
+This was that Mr. Rathbone had dressed for dinner on the night of his
+disappearance. His evening clothes were not in the wardrobe, and the
+morning suit he had been wearing at breakfast was neatly folded and
+placed upon a chest of drawers ready for Mrs. Baker to brush it.
+
+This seemed to show indubitably that the barrister had no thought of
+being absent from home that night.
+
+There the matter had rested at first. Meanwhile, as no new discovery was
+made, and not the slightest ray of light seemed to be forthcoming, the
+public interest was worked up to fever heat. Rathbone had few relations,
+though many friends. His only surviving relative appeared to be his
+uncle, a brother of his mother, who was the Dean of Bexeter. The
+clergyman was interviewed, and stated that he generally received a
+letter from his nephew every three weeks or so, but nothing in the most
+recent letter had been unusual, and that he was as much in the dark as
+any ordinary member of the public.
+
+This much was known to the man in the street. But in society, while the
+comment and amazement was no less in intensity, much more was known than
+the outside world suspected.
+
+For some time past every one had remarked the apparent and growing
+intimacy between the lost man and Miss Marjorie Poole, who was engaged
+to the famous scientist, Sir William Gouldesbrough, F.R.S. How far
+matters had gone between the young couple was only conjectured, but at
+the moment of Rathbone's disappearance it was generally believed that
+Miss Poole was about to throw over Sir William for his young rival--this
+was the elegant way in which men talked in the clubs and women in their
+drawing-rooms.
+
+Nothing is hidden now-a-days, and the fierce light of publicity beats
+upon the doings of the countess and the coster-monger alike. The
+countess may, perhaps, preserve a secret a little longer than the
+coster-monger, and that is the only difference between them in this
+regard.
+
+Accordingly, on the fifteenth or sixteenth day of the mystery, a
+sensational morning paper published a special article detailing what
+professed to be an entirely new light upon the situation. If statements
+affecting the private and intimate life of anybody can be called in good
+taste, the article was certainly written with a due regard to
+proprieties, and with an obvious attempt to avoid hurting the feelings
+of any one. But, as it was pointed out in a prefatory note, the whole
+affair had passed from the regions of private life into the sphere of
+national interest, and therefore it was the duty of a journal to give to
+the world all and every fact which had any bearing upon the affair,
+without fear or favour.
+
+This last article, which created a tremendous sensation, was in
+substance as follows:--
+
+It hinted that a young lady of great charm, and moving in the highest
+circles, a young lady who had been engaged for some little time to one
+of the most distinguished Englishmen of the day, had lately been much
+seen with the vanished man. The gossip of society had hinted that this
+could mean nothing more or less than the young lady had been mistaken in
+the first disposal of her affections, and was about to make a change.
+
+How did this bear upon the situation?
+
+During the next day or two, though no names were actually printed, it
+became generally known who the principal characters in the supposed
+little drama of love really were. Everybody spoke freely of old Sir
+Frederick Poole's distinguished daughter, of Lady Poole of Curzon
+Street, and of Sir William Gouldesbrough.
+
+When the article first appeared everybody began to say, "Ah, now we
+shall have the whole thing cleared up." But as the days went on people
+began to realize that the new facts threw little new light upon the
+mystery, and only provided a possible motive for Mr. Guy Rathbone's
+suicide. And then once more people were compelled to ask themselves if
+Mr. Rathbone really was in love with Miss Poole, and had found that
+either she would have nothing to say to him, or that she was inevitably
+bound to Sir William Gouldesbrough in honour. Then when, how and where
+did he make away with himself?
+
+And to that question there was absolutely no answer.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+THE CHIVALROUS BARONET
+
+
+Lady Poole and her daughter had been living in rooms in the great Palace
+Hotel at Brighton for a fortnight.
+
+Marjorie, utterly broken down by the terrible mystery that enveloped
+her, and shrinking from the fierce light that began to beat upon the
+details of her private life, had implored her mother to take her from
+London.
+
+There had been a terrible scene between the old lady and her daughter
+when, the day after Marjorie had written to Sir William Gouldesbrough
+telling him that she could not marry him, she had confessed the truth to
+Lady Poole.
+
+In her anger and excitement the elder woman had said some bitter and
+terrible things. She was transformed for a space from the pleasant and
+easy-going society dame into something hard, furious, and even coarse.
+Marjorie had shrunk in amazement and fear from the torrent of her
+mother's wrath. And finally she had been able to bear it no longer, and
+had lost consciousness.
+
+Allowances should be made for the dowager. She was a worldly woman, good
+and kind as far as she went, but purely worldly and material. The hope
+of her life had seemed gained when her daughter became engaged to Sir
+William. The revelation that, after all, the engagement was now broken,
+was nothing more than a delusion, and that a younger and ineligible man,
+from the worldly point of view, had won Marjorie's affection, was a
+terrible blow to the woman of the world. All her efforts seemed useless.
+The object of her life, so recently gained, so thoroughly enjoyed, was
+snatched away from her in a sudden moment.
+
+But when Marjorie had come to herself again, and the doctor had been
+summoned to treat her for a nervous shock, she found her mother once
+more the kindly and loved parent of old. Lady Poole had been frightened
+at her own violence, and repented bitterly for what she had said. She
+tended and soothed the girl in the sweetest and most motherly way. And
+without disguising from Marjorie the bitter blow the girl's decision was
+to her, she told her that she was prepared to accept the inevitable, and
+to re-organize all her ideas for the future.
+
+And then had come the black mystery of Guy's utter vanishing from the
+world of men and women.
+
+Lady Poole had always been fond of Guy Rathbone, and now, by a curious
+contradiction of nature, when she had schooled herself to realize that
+it was on this man her daughter's life was centred, the old lady was
+terribly and genuinely affected at Guy's disappearance. No one could
+have been more helpful or more sympathetic during these black hours, and
+she gladly left Curzon Street for Brighton, in order that she might be
+alone with her daughter and endeavour to bring her back in some measure
+to happiness, or, if not happiness, to interest in life.
+
+Soon after Marjorie had written her letter to Sir William, Lady Poole
+had received a reply from the scientist, enclosing a short note for her
+daughter.
+
+It had been a wonderful letter. The writer said that he could not
+disguise from himself that he had seen, or at least suspected, the way
+things were going.
+
+ "Terrible," he said, "as this letter of your daughter's has been to
+ me, it would yet ill-become me not to receive it as a man. I had
+ hoped and believed that a very happy life was in store for me with
+ Marjorie and for her with me. Then I saw that it was not to be, and
+ Marjorie's letter comes as no surprise, but as only the definite
+ and final end of my dream. Dear Lady Poole, do realize that,
+ despite all this, it will always be my duty and my privilege to be
+ the friend of you and of your daughter if you and she will permit
+ me to be so. I have told her so often how I love her, and I tell
+ her so even now. But love, as I understand it, should have the
+ element of self-sacrifice in it, if it is true love. I will
+ therefore say no more about my personal feelings, except in one
+ way. Just as my whole life would have been devoted to making your
+ daughter happy, so I now feel it is my duty to devote myself as
+ well as I can to making her happy in another way. She has chosen a
+ man no doubt more worthy to be her husband than I should ever be.
+ You will forgive a natural weakness if I say no more on this point,
+ but the great fact is that she has chosen. Therefore, I say that my
+ only wish is for her life-long happiness, and that all my
+ endeavours, such as they are, will be still devoted to that end.
+ Let them be happy, let them be together. And if I can promote their
+ happiness, even though my own heart may be broken, believe me, dear
+ Lady Poole, it is my most fervent wish.
+
+ "Will you give Marjorie the enclosed little note of farewell? I
+ shall not trouble her more, until perhaps some day in the future we
+ may still be friends, though fate and her decision have forbidden
+ me to be anything more to her than just that.
+
+ "Believe me, my dear Lady Poole,
+ "In great sorrow and in sincere friendship,
+ "WILLIAM GOULDESBROUGH."
+
+So the two ladies had gone to Brighton, and while the press of the
+United Kingdom was throbbing with excitement, while hundreds of people
+were endeavouring to solve the terrible mystery of Guy Rathbone's
+disappearance, the girl more nearly interested in it than any one else
+in the world stayed quietly with her mother at the pleasant sea-side
+town, and was not molested by press or public.
+
+Marjorie had become, even in these few days, a ghost of her former self.
+The light had faded out of her eyes, they had ceased to appear
+transparent and had become opaque. Her beautifully chiselled lips now
+drooped in pathetic and habitual pain, her pallor was constant and
+unvarying. She drank in the keen sea breezes, and they brought no colour
+to her cheeks. She walked upon the white chalk cliffs and saw nothing of
+the shifting gold and shadow as the sun fell upon the sea, heard nothing
+of the harmonies of the Channel winds. Her whole heart was full of a
+passionate yearning and a terrible despair; she was like a stately
+flower that had been put out of its warm and sheltered home into an icy
+blast, and was withered and blackened in an hour.
+
+Kind as her mother was, Marjorie felt that there was nobody now left to
+lean upon, to confide in. A girl of her temperament needs some stronger
+arm than any woman can provide, to help and comfort, to keep awake the
+fires of hope within her, and nothing of the sort was hers. In all the
+world she seemed to have no one to confide in, no one to lean upon, no
+one who would give her courage and hope for the black and impenetrable
+future.
+
+At the end of the first fortnight, Marjorie knew, though her mother only
+just referred to the matter, that letters were daily arriving from Sir
+William Gouldesbrough.
+
+One evening Lady Poole, unable to keep the news from her daughter any
+longer, told her of these communications.
+
+"I dare say, darling," the old lady said, "I may give you pain, but I
+think you really ought to know how wonderfully poor dear William is
+behaving in this sad affair. Though it must be terribly hard for him,
+though it must fill him with a pain that I can only guess at, he is
+moving heaven and earth to discover what has become of your poor boy. He
+is daily writing to me to tell me what he is doing, to inform me of his
+hopes, and I tell you, Marjorie, that if human power can discover what
+has happened to Guy, William Gouldesbrough will discover it. Do realize,
+dear, what a noble thing this is in the man you have rejected. Whenever
+I receive his letters I can't help crying a little, it seems so noble,
+so touching, and so beautiful of him."
+
+Marjorie was sitting at the table. The ladies dined in their private
+rooms, and it was after the meal. Her head was in her hands and her eyes
+were full of tears. She looked up as her mother said this, with a white,
+wan face.
+
+"Ah, yes, dear," she replied, "there is no doubt of that, William was
+always noble. He is as great in heart as he is in intellect. He is
+indeed one of the chosen and best. Don't think I don't realize it,
+mother, now you've told me, indeed I _do_ realize it. My whole heart is
+filled with gratitude towards him. No one else would have done as much
+in his position."
+
+"You do feel that, do you, dear?" Lady Poole said.
+
+"Oh, indeed I do," she answered, "though I fear that even he, great as
+his intellect is, will never disperse this frightful, terrible
+darkness."
+
+Lady Poole got up and came round to where her daughter was sitting. She
+put her hand upon the shining coil of hair and said--
+
+"Dear, do you think that you could bear to see him?"
+
+"To see William?" Marjorie answered quickly with a curious catch in her
+voice.
+
+"Yes, darling, to see William. Would it give you too much pain?"
+
+"But how, why, what for?"
+
+"Oh, not to revive any memories of the past, there is nothing further
+from his thoughts. But this morning he wrote me the very sweetest
+letter, saying that in this crisis he might be able to give you a little
+comfort."
+
+"Has he discovered anything, then?" Marjorie asked.
+
+"I fear not as yet. But he says that at this moment you must feel very
+much alone. As you know, he is doing all that a mortal man can. Of
+course, I have told him how broken you are by it all, and he thinks that
+perhaps you might like to hear what he is doing, might like to confide
+in him a little. 'If,' he says in his letter, 'she will receive me as a
+brother, whose only wish is to help her in this terrible trial, can I
+say how proud and grateful I shall be to come to her and tell her what I
+can?'"
+
+Marjorie gave a great sob. It was too much. In her nervous and weak
+condition the gentle and kindly message her mother had given her was
+terribly affecting.
+
+"How good he is!" she murmured. "Yes, mother, if only he would come I
+should like to see him."
+
+"Then, my dear," Lady Poole replied, "that is very easily arranged, for
+he is in the hotel to-night."
+
+Marjorie started. Her mother went to a side table on which was a little
+portable telephone. She held the receiver to her ear, and when the clerk
+from the down-stairs office replied, asked that Sir William
+Gouldesbrough should be told at once that Lady Poole would be very glad
+to see him in Number 207.
+
+Marjorie rose and began to pace the room. A growing excitement mastered
+her, her hands twitched, her eyes were dilated. Perhaps she was at last
+going to hear something, something definite, something new, about Guy.
+
+There was a knock at the door. A waiter opened it, and Sir William
+Gouldesbrough came into the room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+GRATITUDE OF MISS MARJORIE POOLE
+
+
+As the man to whom she had been engaged came into the room, Marjorie
+rose to meet him. She was not embarrassed, the hour and occasion were
+too serious for that, and she herself was too broken down for any
+emotions save those that were intensely real and came from an anguished
+heart. She went up to him, all pale and drooping, and took him by the
+hand.
+
+"Thank you, William," she said in a low voice, and that was all.
+
+But in her words Gouldesbrough realized all that she was powerless to
+say. He heard, with an inward thrill and leap of the pulses, an immense
+respect for him, which, even in the days of their engagement, he had
+never heard.
+
+Always, Marjorie had reverenced his attainments, never had she seemed to
+be so near to him as a _man_ as now.
+
+He looked straight into her eyes, nor did his own flinch from her
+direct and agonized gaze. The frightful power of his dominating will,
+the horrible strength of his desire, the intensity of his purpose,
+enabled him to face her look without a sign of tremor.
+
+He, this man with a marvellous intellect and a soul unutterably stained
+by the most merciless perfidy, was yet able to look back at her with a
+kind, sorrowful, and touching glance.
+
+Gouldesbrough wore no metal helmet which should make the horror of his
+thoughts and knowledge plain for Marjorie to see. The man who had
+committed a crime as foul and sinister as ever crime was yet, the man
+who was responsible for the pale face of the girl he loved, the drooping
+form, the tearful eyes, yet smiled back at her with a mask of patient
+resignation, deference, and chivalry.
+
+"I am so glad you've come, William," Lady Poole said; "and I'm sure,
+distressing as all these circumstances are, we cannot thank you enough
+for what you have done and are doing. No one else in your position would
+have done so much. And on Marjorie's behalf and on my own I thank you
+with a full heart."
+
+Sir William bowed.
+
+Then Lady Poole, voluble as she usually was, and unabashed in almost
+every circumstance hesitated a little. The situation was certainly very
+delicate, almost unparalleled, indeed, and it was certainly quite
+outside even her wide experience. But her voice had a genuine ring of
+thankfulness and gratitude, and the real woman emerged from the veneer
+of worldliness and baffled ambition.
+
+There was a pause for a moment, no one of the three spoke a single word.
+Then Lady Poole, by an intuition, said and did exactly the right
+thing--perhaps old Sir Frederick's "hobby of tact" had not been without
+its use after all! She sank into a chair.
+
+"There's no need for any explanation, I can see that," she said with a
+sigh of relief. "With any other man it would have been so different, but
+it's all right, William, I can see it in your manner and in your
+presence here. Then let me say once and for all, that both Marjorie and
+I feel at last we have got some one with us who will help us. We have
+been terribly alone. We have both felt it most poignantly. After all,
+women do want a man in a crisis! You, dear William, are the last man we
+should have thought of asking to help us, and yet you are the first man
+who has come to do so."
+
+"Dear Lady Poole," Gouldesbrough answered in a quiet voice, "I think
+perhaps I see a little of what you mean. I am not sure, but I think I
+do. And I regard it as the greatest privilege and honour to come to you
+with an offer of help and assistance in your trouble."
+
+He turned to the younger lady.
+
+"Marjorie," he said, "you must treat me just like a brother now. You
+must forget all that has passed between us, and just lean on me, rely on
+me, use me. Nothing could make me more happy than just that."
+
+Lady Poole rose again. Who shall say in the volatile brain of the good
+dame that already in the exhilaration of Sir William's presence and
+kindness, new hopes and ambitions were not reviving? Lady Poole was a
+woman, and she was an opportunist too. Woman-like, her mind moved fast
+into an imaginary future; it had always done so. And it is possible that
+upon the clouded horizon of her hopes a faint star began to twinkle once
+more.
+
+Who shall blame Lady Poole?
+
+"Now, my dears," she said in a more matter of fact voice, "I think
+perhaps you might be happier in discussing this matter if I were to go
+away. Under the circumstances, I am perfectly aware that it's not the
+correct thing to do, but that is speaking only from a conventional
+standpoint, and none of us here can be conventional at a moment like
+this. If you would rather have me stay, just say so. But it is with
+pride and pleasure that I know that I can leave you with Marjorie,
+William, even under these miserable circumstances and in this unhappy
+business."
+
+Gouldesbrough smiled sadly.
+
+"It is as Marjorie wishes," he said. "But I know that Marjorie knows she
+can trust me."
+
+The great man saw that once more the girl lifted her eyes and looked at
+him with something which was almost like reverence. Never before had he
+seen her look at him like this. Once more the evil joy in the
+possibility of victory after all leapt through his blood.
+
+No thought nor realization of the terrible thing he had done, of the
+horrors that he and the pink-faced man in Regent's Park were even now
+perfecting, came to trouble that moment of evil pride. Everybody had
+always said, everybody who had been brought into contact with him,
+always knew that Sir William Gouldesbrough was a strong man!
+
+Lady Poole waited a moment to see if her daughter made any sign of
+wishing her to remain, and finding that there was none, for Marjorie was
+standing with drooping head and made no movement, the dowager swept out
+of the room with rustling skirts, and gently closed the door.
+
+Sir William and Marjorie were left alone.
+
+The man of action asserted himself.
+
+"Sit down, Marjorie," he said in a commonplace tone, "and just let me
+talk to you on pure matters of fact. Now, my dear, we haven't seen each
+other since you wrote me the letter telling me that our engagement was a
+mistake. You know what my reply to that was, and I believe and trust you
+know that I shall remain perfectly true to both the spirit and actual
+words of that communication. That's all we need say now, except just
+this: I loved you dearly and I love you dearly now. I had hoped that we
+might have been very happy together and that I might have spent my life
+in your service. But that was not to be in the way that I had hoped. At
+the same time, I am not a man easily moved or changed, and if I cannot
+be yours in one way, dear girl, I will be yours in another. However,
+that's all about that. Now, then, let me tell you how hard I have been
+trying to discover the truth of this astounding disappearance of poor
+Mr. Guy Rathbone."
+
+A low sob came from the girl in the chair. It was a sob not only of
+regret for her lost lover, but it had the same note of reverence, of
+utter appreciation, of her first words.
+
+"You are too good," she said. "William, I have treated you horribly
+badly. You are too good. Oh, you are _too_ good!"
+
+"Hush!" he said in a sharp staccato voice. "We agreed that aspect of
+the question wasn't to be spoken of any more. The past is the past, and,
+my dear little girl, I beg you to realize it. You loved poor Guy
+Rathbone, and he seems to have been wiped out of ordinary life. My
+business is to find him again for you, so that you may be happy. I have
+been trying to do the utmost in my power for days. I have done
+everything that my mind could suggest, and as yet nothing has occurred.
+Now, Marjorie, let's just be business-like. Tell me what you think about
+the matter, and I will tell you what I think. See if our two brains
+cannot hit on something which will help us."
+
+"William," she said with a full note, a chord rather, of deep pain in
+her voice--"William, I don't know what to think. I can't understand it.
+I am lost in utter darkness. There seems no possible reason why he
+should have gone away. I can only think that the worst has happened, and
+that some terrible people must have killed him."
+
+"But why?"
+
+"Oh," she answered almost hysterically, "he was so beautiful and so
+strong. They must have killed him because he was so different to other
+men." She did not see the tall man who sat before her wince and quiver.
+She did not see his face change and contort itself into malignancy. She
+did not realize that these innocent words, wrung from a simple
+distressed and loving heart, meant awful things for the man she longed
+for.
+
+"But, Marjorie," the voice came steady and strong, "you know that is
+just a little fantastic, if you will forgive me for saying so. People
+don't go about injuring other people because they are better-looking or
+have finer natures than themselves. They only say unkind things about
+them, they don't kill them, you know."
+
+"Oh, of course, you are right, William," she answered, "and I hardly
+know what I'm saying, the pain of it all is so great. But then, there
+_is_ nothing to say. I can't understand, I can hardly realize what has
+happened."
+
+"For my part," Sir William answered, "I have left no stone unturned to
+discover the truth. I have been in communication with every force or
+agency which might be able to explain the thing. And no one has given me
+the slightest hint, except perhaps----"
+
+She leapt up from her chair, her pale face changed.
+
+"Yes?" she cried, "What is it? What is that?"
+
+Her breath came thick and fast. Sir William remained sitting in his
+chair and his head was bowed.
+
+"Sit down, Marjorie," he answered; "I didn't mean to say that."
+
+"But you said it," she replied. "Ah! my ears are very keen, and there
+was something in your voice which had meaning. William, what is it? What
+is it?"
+
+"Nothing," he answered in a deep, decisive voice.
+
+But the voice brought no conviction to her ears. She had detected, or
+thought she had detected, the note of an inner knowledge when he had
+first spoken. She crossed the room with rapid strides and laid her white
+hand upon his shoulder.
+
+"You've _got_ to tell me," she said imperiously. And her touch thrilled
+him through and through with an exquisite agony and an exquisite joy.
+
+"It's nothing," he repeated.
+
+Now there was less conviction than ever in his voice. She laughed
+hysterically. "William," she said, "I know you so well, you can't hide
+anything from me. There's something you can tell me. Whatever it may be,
+good or bad, you've just _got_ to tell me."
+
+At that he looked up at her, and his face, she saw, was drawn and
+frightened.
+
+"Marjorie," he said, "don't let any words of mine persuade you into any
+belief. Since you ask me I must say what I have got to say. But mind
+you, I am in no way convinced myself that what I am going to tell you is
+more than mere idle supposition."
+
+"Tell me," she whispered, and her voice hissed like escaping steam.
+
+"Well, it's just this," he said, "and it's awfully hard for me even to
+hint such a thing to you. But, you know, Rathbone had recently made
+rather a friend of poor Eustace Charliewood. I like Charliewood; you
+never did. A man's point of view and a girl's point of view are quite
+different about a man. But of course I can't pretend that Charliewood is
+exactly, well--er--what you might call--I don't know quite how to put
+it, Marjorie."
+
+"I know," she said with a shudder of disgust "I know. Go on."
+
+"Well, just before Rathbone disappeared those two seemed to have been
+about together a good deal, and of course Charliewood is a man who has
+some rather strange acquaintances, especially in the theatrical world.
+That is to say, in the sub-theatrical world. Marjorie, I hardly know how
+to put it to you, and I think I had better stop."
+
+"Go on!" she cried once more.
+
+"Well," he said wearily, "Rathbone was a good fellow, no doubt, but he
+is a young man, and no girl really knows what the life of a young man
+really is or may be. I know that Charliewood introduced Rathbone to a
+certain girl. Oh, Marjorie, I can't go on, these suspicions are
+unworthy."
+
+"Terribly unworthy," she cried, standing up to her full height, and then
+in a moment she drooped to him, and once more she asked him to go on.
+
+He told her of certain meetings, saying that there could have been, of
+course, no harm in them, skilfully hinting at this or that, and then
+testifying to his utter disbelief in the suspicions that he himself had
+provoked. She listened to him, growing whiter and whiter. At last his
+hesitating speech died away into silence, and she stood looking at him.
+
+"It might be," she whispered, half to herself, "it might be, but I do
+not think it _could_ be. No man could be so unutterably cruel, so
+unutterably base. I have made you tell me this, William, and I know that
+you yourself do not believe it. He could not be so wicked as to
+sacrifice everything for one of those people."
+
+And then Sir William rose.
+
+"No," he said, "he couldn't. I feel it, though I don't know him.
+Marjorie, no living man could leave you for one of the vulgar syrens of
+the half world."
+
+She looked at him for a moment as he put the thing in plain language,
+and then burst into a passion of weeping.
+
+"I can't bear any more, William," she said between her sobs. "Go now,
+but find him. Oh, find him!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+A MAN ABOUT TOWN PAYS A DEBT
+
+
+The people in the luxurious smoking-room of the great Palace Hotel saw a
+pale, ascetic-looking and very distinguished man come in to the
+comfortable place and sit down upon a lounge.
+
+"Do you know who that is?" one man whispered to another, flicking the
+ash off a cigar.
+
+"No; who is he?" his companion answered.
+
+"That's Sir William Gouldesbrough."
+
+"Oh, the great scientific Johnny, you mean."
+
+"Yes, they say that he is going to turn the world topsy-turvy before
+he's done."
+
+"The world's good enough for me," was the reply, "and if I'd my way,
+these people who invent things should all be taken out and shot. I'm
+tired of inventions, they make life move too quickly. The good old times
+were best, when it took eight hours to get from Brighton to London, and
+one could not have telegrams from one's office to worry one."
+
+"Perhaps you're right," said the first man. "But still, people look at
+things differently now-a-days. At any rate, Gouldesbrough is said to be
+one of the leading men in England to-day."
+
+"He doesn't look happy over it," replied his companion. "He looks like a
+death's-head."
+
+"Well, you know, he's mixed up in the Rathbone mystery in a sort of
+way."
+
+"Oh yes, of course; he was engaged to the girl who chucked him over for
+the Johnny who has disappeared, wasn't he?"
+
+"That's it. Just watch him, poor wretch; doesn't he look pipped?"
+
+"Upon my word, the perspiration's standing out on his forehead in beads.
+He seems as if----"
+
+"As if he had been overworking and overeating. He wants a Turkish bath,
+I expect. Now then, Jones, what do you really think about the fall in
+South Africans? Will they recover in the next two months? That's what I
+want to know; that's what I want to be certain of."
+
+Sir William had just left the up-stairs apartments of the Pooles. He had
+rung for the lift and entered, without a word to the attendant, who had
+glanced fearfully at the tall, pale man with the flashing eyes and the
+wet face. Once or twice the lift-man noticed that the visitor raised his
+hand to his neck above the collar and seemed to press upon it, and it
+may have been fancy on the lift-man's part--though he was not an
+imaginative person--but he seemed to hear a sound like a drum beating
+under a blanket, and he wondered if the gentleman was troubled with
+heart-disease.
+
+Gouldesbrough pressed the little electric bell upon the oak table in
+front of him, and in a moment a waiter appeared.
+
+"Bring me a large brandy and soda," he said in a quiet voice.
+
+The waiter bowed and hurried away.
+
+The waiter did not know, being a foreigner, and unacquainted with the
+tittle-tattle of the day, that Sir William Gouldesbrough, the famous
+scientist, was generally known to be a practical teetotaller, and one
+who abhorred the general use of alcoholic beverages.
+
+When the brandy came, amber in the electric lights of the smoking-room,
+and with a piece of ice floating in the liquid, Sir William took a small
+white tabloid from a bottle in his pocket and dropped it into the glass.
+It fizzed, spluttered, and disappeared.
+
+Then he raised the tumbler to his lips, and as he did so the floating
+ice tinkled against the sides of the glass like a tiny alarum.
+
+"Nerves gone," the stock-broking gentleman close by said to his friend,
+with a wink.
+
+In five minutes or so, after he had lit a cigarette, Gouldesbrough rose
+and left the smoking-room. He put on his coat in the hall and went out
+of the front door.
+
+It was not yet late, and the huge crescent of electric lights, which
+seemed to stretch right away beyond Hove to Worthing, gleamed like a
+gigantic coronet.
+
+It was a clear night. The air was searching and keen, and it seemed to
+steady the scientist as he walked down the steps and came out from under
+the hotel portico on to the pavement.
+
+A huge round moon hung over the sea, which was moaning quietly. The
+lights in front of the Alhambra Music Hall gleamed brightly, and on the
+promenade by the side of the shore innumerable couples paced and
+re-paced amid a subdued hum of talk and laughter.
+
+The pier stretched away into the water like a jewelled snake. It was
+Brighton at ten o'clock, bright, gay, and animated.
+
+Sir William was staying at the Brighton Royal, the other great hotel
+which towers up upon the front some quarter of a mile away from the
+Palace, where Marjorie and Lady Poole were.
+
+He strode through the crowds, seeing nothing of them, hearing nothing
+but the beat of his own heart.
+
+Even for a man so strong as he, the last hour had been terrible. Never
+before in all his life, at the moment of realization when some great
+scientific theory had materialized into stupendous fact, when first
+Marjorie had promised to marry him--at any great crisis of his life--had
+he undergone so furious a strain as this of the last hour.
+
+He came out of the Palace Hotel, knowing that he had carried out his
+intentions with the most consummate success. He came out of it,
+realizing that not half-a-dozen men in England could have done what he
+had done, and as the keen air smote upon his face like a blow from the
+flat of a sword, he realized also that not six men in England, walking
+the pleasant, happy streets of any town, were so unutterably stained and
+immeasurably damned as he.
+
+As he passed through the revolving glass doors of his own hotel, and the
+hall-porters touched their caps, he exerted all the powers of his will.
+
+He would no longer remember or realize what he had done and what it
+meant to him. He would only rejoice in his achievement, and he banished
+the fear that comes even to the most evil when they know they have
+committed an almost unpardonable sin.
+
+He did not use the lift to go to his sitting-room on the second floor;
+he ran lightly up the stairs, wanting the exercise as a means of
+banishing thought.
+
+He entered his own room, switched on the electric light, took off his
+coat, and stood in front of the fire, stretching his arms in pure
+physical weariness.
+
+Yes! That was over! Another step was taken. Once more he had progressed
+a step towards his desire, in spite of the most adverse happenings and
+the most forbidding aspects of fate.
+
+The unaccustomed brandy at the Palace Hotel, and the bromide solution he
+had dropped into it, had calmed his nerves, and suddenly he laughed
+aloud in the rich, silent room, a laugh of pure triumph and excitement.
+
+Even as the echoes of his voice died away, his eyes fell upon the table
+and saw that there was a letter lying there addressed to him. The
+address was written in a well-known handwriting. He took it up, tore
+open the envelope and read the communication.
+
+It was this--
+
+ "I have been down here for several days, trying to escape from
+ London and the thoughts which London gives me. But it has been
+ quite useless. I saw to-day, quite by chance, in the hotel
+ register, that you have arrived here. I did not think that we were
+ ever likely to meet again, except in the most casual way. I hope
+ not. Since I have been here, the torture of my life has increased a
+ thousand-fold, and I have come to the conclusion that my life must
+ stop. I am not fit to live. I don't blame you too much, because if
+ I hadn't been a scoundrel and a wastrel all my life, I should never
+ have put myself in your hands. As far as your lights go, you have
+ acted well to me. You have paid me generously for the years of
+ dirty work I have done at your bidding. For what I have done
+ lately, you have made me financially free, and I shall die owing no
+ man a penny, and with no man, save you only, knowing that I die
+ without hope--lost, degraded and despairing. Don't think I blame
+ you, William Gouldesbrough, because I don't. When I was at Eton, I
+ was always a pleasure-loving little scug. I was the same at Oxford.
+ I have been the same in all my life in town. I have never been any
+ good to myself, and I have disappointed all the hopes my people had
+ for me. It's all been my own fault. Then I became entangled with
+ you, and I was too weak to resist the money you were prepared to
+ pay me for the things I have done for you.
+
+ "But it's all over now. I have gone too far. I have helped you, and
+ am equally guilty with you, to commit a frightful crime. Lax as I
+ have always been, I can no longer feel I have any proper place
+ among men of my own sort. All I can say is that I am glad I shall
+ die without anybody knowing what I really am.
+
+ "I write this note after dinner, and, finding the number of your
+ room from the hotel clerk, I leave it here for you to see. I am
+ going to make an end of it all in an hour or two, when I have
+ written a few notes to acquaintances and so on. I can't go on
+ living, Gouldesbrough, because night and day, day and night, I am
+ haunted by the thought of that poor young man you have got in your
+ foul house in Regent's Park. What you are doing to him I don't
+ know. The end of your revenge I can only guess at. But it is all so
+ horrible that I am glad to be done with life. I wish you good-bye;
+ and I wish to God--if there is really a God--that I had never
+ crossed your path and never been your miserable tool.
+
+ "EUSTACE CHARLIEWOOD."
+
+As Sir William Gouldesbrough read this letter, his whole tall figure
+became rigid. He seemed to stiffen as a corpse stiffens.
+
+Then, quite suddenly, he turned round and pushed the letter into the
+depths of the glowing fire, pressing the paper down with the poker until
+every vestige of it was consumed.
+
+He strode to the door of the room, opened it, came out into the wide
+carpeted corridor and hurried up to the lift.
+
+He pressed the button and heard it ring far down below.
+
+In a minute or two there came the clash of the shutting doors, the
+"chunk" of the hydraulic mechanism, and he saw the shadow of the
+lift-roof rising up towards him.
+
+The attendant opened the door.
+
+"Will you take me up to the fourth floor, please," he said, "to Mr.
+Eustace Charliewood's room?"
+
+"Mr. Charliewood, sir?" the man replied. "Oh, yes, I remember, number
+408. Tall, clean-shaved gentleman."
+
+"That's him," Sir William said. "I have only just learnt that he has
+been staying in the hotel. He is an old friend, and I had no idea he was
+here."
+
+The iron doors clashed, the lift shot upward, and the attendant and Sir
+William arrived at the fourth floor.
+
+"Down the corridor, sir, and the first turning on the right," the
+lift-man said. "But perhaps I'd better show you."
+
+He ran the ironwork gates over their rollers and hurried down the
+corridor with Sir William. They turned the corner, and the man pointed
+to a door some fifteen yards away.
+
+"That's it, sir," he said. "That's Mr. Charliewood's room."
+
+Even as he spoke there was a sudden loud explosion which seemed to come
+from the room to which he had pointed--a horrid crash in the warm,
+richly-lit silence of the hotel.
+
+The man turned to Sir William with a white face.
+
+"Come on," he said, forgetting his politeness. "Something has happened.
+Come, quick!"
+
+When they burst into the room they found the man about town lying upon
+the hearth-rug with a little blue circle edged with crimson in the
+centre of his forehead. The hands were still moving feebly, but what had
+been Eustace Charliewood was no longer there.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+BEEF TEA AND A PHOSPHATE SOLUTION
+
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough remained in Brighton for three days. Eustace
+Charliewood had died in two minutes after the lift-man and the scientist
+had burst into the room. The suicide had said no word, and indeed was
+absolutely unconscious from the moment the shot had been fired, until
+his almost immediate death.
+
+Sir William had made all the necessary arrangements. He had communicated
+with old Sir Miles Charliewood, of Norfolk, he had expedited the
+arrangements for the inquest, and he was, as the newspapers said,
+"overcome with grief at the death of his old and valued friend."
+
+During the three days, the demeanour of the famous scientist was
+reported on with great admiration in all quarters. He had known of
+nothing to cause Mr. Eustace Charliewood any trouble or worry, and he
+was struck down by the loss he had sustained.
+
+"It shows," many of the leading people in Brighton said to each other,
+"that science is, after all, not the de-humanizing agency it is
+popularly said to be. Here is perhaps the most famous scientific man of
+the age, grieving like a brother for his friend, a mere society man of
+charming manners and without any intellectual attainments. Melancholy as
+the occasion is, it has served to bring out some fine and noble traits
+in a man whose private life has always been something of a mystery to
+the public."
+
+The inquest was a short one. There were few witnesses. One or two
+intimate friends of the dead man came down from London--club friends
+these--and testified that they knew of nothing which could have prompted
+the suicide, though the dead man had been noticed to be somewhat
+depressed for the last fortnight or so.
+
+Sir William himself, in a short but learned exposition given during the
+course of his evidence, pronounced it as his opinion that Eustace
+Charliewood had been suddenly seized by one of those unexplainable
+impulses of mania which, like a scarlet thread, sometimes lurk
+unsuspected for years in the pearly cells of the brain.
+
+His view was accepted by the coroner and the jury, and the usual verdict
+of temporary insanity was returned.
+
+"He was," Sir William had said at the close of the evidence and in a
+voice broken with deep feeling, "the best and truest friend I have ever
+had. Our walks in life were utterly different. He took no interest in,
+nor did he understand, my scientific work. And I, on the other hand,
+took very little part in the social duties and amusements which made up
+the greater part of Mr. Eustace Charliewood's life. Perhaps for that
+very reason we were the more closely drawn together. No one will ever
+know, perhaps, the real underlying goodness, generosity and faithfulness
+in my dead friend's character. I cannot go into details of his private
+life, I can only say that the mysterious seizure which has robbed
+society of one of its ornaments, has taken from the world a gentleman in
+every thought and deed, a type of man we can ill afford to lose in the
+England of to-day."
+
+Young Lord Landsend, who, with Mr. Percy Alemare, had attended the
+inquest from London, looked at his friend with a somewhat cynical smile,
+as the deep voice of Sir William Gouldesbrough faltered in its
+peroration. Mr. Percy Alemare replied to the smile with a momentary
+wink. Both of the young men were very sorry that Eustace Charliewood had
+dropped out so suddenly. They had liked him well enough, but they
+certainly had not discerned the innate nobility of character, so
+feelingly set forth by Sir William Gouldesbrough, and so fully reported
+by the newspaper-men present.
+
+Afterwards, in the hotel, old Sir Miles Charliewood had shaken the
+scientist warmly by the hand.
+
+"What I have heard you say, Sir," he said, "comforted me very much. I
+wish poor Eustace's eldest brother had been here to hear you say it. But
+James is in India with his regiment. Eustace did not come to us at
+Charliewood Hall. There were family reasons of long standing, why there
+was a breach between his family and himself. These, Sir William, I will
+not enter into here. But death heals all breaches, and remembering
+Eustace as a bright and happy boy at Eton, before we became estranged, I
+feel a father's natural sorrow. But let me say, Sir William, once more,
+that you have lightened that sorrow somewhat. I had regarded my son as
+living a useless and selfish life upon the allowance I was in the habit
+of paying into his bank. To hear that there was an underlying strata of
+goodness and nobleness in his character is indeed a solace."
+
+Sir William had bowed, and old Sir Miles, a courtly old gentleman of
+great age, whose grief had not prevented him from making an excellent
+dinner the evening before, and from passing somewhat acrid criticisms
+upon the hotel wine, drove away to the station, smoking a cigar, and
+feeling that the troublesome and unpleasant episode was well over.
+
+Thus, Mr. Eustace Charliewood, man about town, made his sudden exit from
+Vanity Fair.
+
+Thus, Sir William Gouldesbrough, F.R.S., had another secret to lock up
+in the sombre recesses of his brain.
+
+During the three days that he had been forced to remain in Brighton by
+the tragedy, Sir William had seen something of the two ladies at the
+Palace Hotel.
+
+Both Lady Poole and Marjorie during that time had come insensibly to
+lean upon him, and to ask his advice about this or that. A terrible gap
+had been created in Marjorie's life, and though Gouldesbrough could not
+fill it, he came at the right moment to comfort and sustain.
+
+Before he returned to London, Sir William had gradually glided into a
+new relation with the girl to whom he had been engaged. He found his
+power over her had increased. She was more dependent and subservient in
+her great trouble than she had ever been during the time when she was
+promised to be his wife, and he must sue for favours.
+
+And Gouldesbrough noticed also that, though the girl's grief seemed in
+no way lessened her hopes of ever seeing Guy Rathbone again seemed to
+be dwindling. The cunning words that he had spoken, the little hint of a
+vulgar Circe was perhaps beginning to germinate within Marjorie's brain.
+She was too loyal to believe any such statement, but, nevertheless, it
+had an unconscious influence with her. At any rate, she began to cease
+discussion of the mystery, and there was the hinting of a coming
+resignation to the hard and impenetrable fact.
+
+This at least was what Sir William Gouldesbrough deduced.
+
+Trained watcher of the mind and human impulse as he was, psychologist of
+marvellous knowledge and penetration, he began to see, or so he thought
+to himself, that all was not yet lost, that it might well be that the
+events of the last few weeks would some day--not yet or soon, but some
+day--place him upon a higher pedestal than ever before.
+
+On the evening of the fourth day after his arrival, Sir William
+Gouldesbrough returned to town. In the afternoon he had driven with Lord
+Landsend and Percy Alemare to the cemetery.
+
+It had been a cold and blustering afternoon, and the plain hearse and
+the single carriage that followed it had trotted through the
+semi-deserted streets until the grave-side was reached. The shivering
+vicar of a neighbouring church, whose turn it was to take the cemetery
+duty for the week, had said the words of the burial-service, and in some
+half-an-hour all that was mortal of Mr. Eustace Charliewood had
+disappeared for ever and a day.
+
+He would never stroll up Bond Street in his fur coat any more. Never
+again would he chat with the head-waiter upon the important question of
+a lunch. No longer would Mr. Proctor, the masseur, set the little rubber
+hammers to beat out the lines of dissipation upon that weak and handsome
+face. Mr. Eustace Charliewood had resigned his membership of the St.
+James's Street Clubs, and had passed out of Vanity Fair into the night.
+
+After the funeral, Gouldesbrough went to say good-bye to Lady Poole and
+Marjorie. His last words to them were these--
+
+"I shall go on," he said, "doing all that I can in every possible way.
+And everything that I do I will let you know, and if I can discover the
+slightest clue to this terrible mystery, you shall hear it at once. But
+don't buoy yourself up with false hopes, that is all I ask. None of us
+can say what the future may have in store, but for my part I have not
+much hope. It may seem a cruel thing for me to say, Marjorie, but I
+think it is my duty to say it. Bear up and be brave, and remember that I
+am always close by to do anything I can in any and every way to help you
+and your mother."
+
+And when he had gone, the two ladies, sitting in the twilight before the
+glowing fire in the open hearth of the hotel sitting-room, had felt that
+something, some one, who had become necessary to them, had departed.
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough travelled up to Victoria in a Pullman car. He
+sat in his arm-chair before a little table, on which was a pile of
+evening papers. During the first ten minutes he had glanced through all
+of them, and only one part of the news' columns claimed his
+attention--this was the portion of the paper devoted to the "Rathbone
+Mystery."
+
+He noticed that already the clamour and agitation was beginning to die
+down. The shrewd purveyors of news were beginning to realize that the
+mystery was not likely to be solved, and that the public appetite was
+satiated with it.
+
+The two columns or more which had been usual in the early days of
+Rathbone's disappearance, had now dwindled to a single three-quarters of
+a column. Sir William realized that the public interest was already
+dying out.
+
+For a few minutes, when he had methodically folded the papers in a pile,
+he allowed his thoughts to dwell upon the recent incidents at Brighton.
+
+Charliewood had killed himself. What did that mean? It simply meant that
+Eustace Charliewood was out of the way. The baronet had not a single
+regret in his mind. Despite the geniality of his manner to his late
+henchman, when circumstances had seemed to require that, he had regarded
+him as simply a servant and a tool, and as of considerably less
+importance in the scheme of things than, say, a delicate induction coil,
+or a new drum armature.
+
+Then there was Marjorie. In his quick summarizing way, allowing no
+emotion to enter his brain at the moment, Sir William reviewed that
+aspect of his Brighton visit too. Well, that also was satisfactory.
+Things were going indeed far better than he had hoped. He had
+accomplished exactly what he had meant to do, rather more indeed, and he
+had done so with singular success. His position with Lady Poole and her
+daughter was perhaps stronger than it had ever been, even in the days
+when his position was, so to speak, an official one. Good again!
+
+And with that, the cool, hard intellect dismissed personal affairs
+entirely, and with a sigh of relief the physical body of the man leant
+back in his chair, while the brain went swiftly and gladly into the high
+realms of science.
+
+At Victoria, Sir William's motor brougham was waiting, and he was driven
+swiftly through the lighted streets of London towards his own house in
+Regent's Park. He smoked a cigar and bent forward, looking at the moving
+panorama of people under the gas-lamps, as a man sits in an arm-chair
+and lets the world defile before him. And as he watched the countless
+throngs, streams that moved and pulsed in the arteries of the great city
+as the blood moves and pulses in the veins and arteries of man, he was
+filled with a tremendous exultation and pride.
+
+Soon, ah, soon! he would be master of every single mind and soul that,
+housed in its envelope of flesh, flitted so rapidly past the windows of
+the swift-moving machine in which he sat.
+
+No secrets, great or small, noble or petty, worthy or evil, would be
+hidden from him, and he, alone, by the power of his intellect and the
+abnormal force of his will, had wrested from nature the most stupendous
+and mysterious of all her secrets.
+
+There was but little more to be done now, before the great invention
+would be shown to the leading scientists of the world.
+
+Already slight hints, thin rumours of what was being done in the
+laboratories of Regent's Park, were beginning to filter through the most
+important scientific circles. A paper read by Sir William at the British
+Association, a guarded article contributed to the _Nineteenth Century_,
+propounding some most daring theories as to the real action of the
+mind, had already prepared some of the shrewdest brains in Europe for a
+possible revelation of something stupendously startling in the realms of
+scientific achievement.
+
+A few keen and brilliant brains had realized, if Sir William was right,
+even in these preliminary conclusions, whither the conclusions tended.
+Lesser scientists who could not see so far, knew nothing. The man in the
+street was only aware that the great scientist had been working for
+years upon abstruse problems which had no interest for him whatever.
+
+But, nevertheless, in the highest circles, there was an indubitable stir
+and rumour.
+
+Yes! But little now remained to be done before absolute perfection of
+the invention was obtained. A few more experiments, more delicate and
+decisive than any that had gone before, still remained to be made. The
+apparatus itself was completed. Its working under certain conditions was
+certain. It was still necessary, however, to test it by means of
+continuous experiments upon a living human brain.
+
+During the last year of their work, Gouldesbrough and Wilson Guest had
+begun to realize this last necessity with increasing conviction. They
+saw that the coping-stone of the marvellous edifice which they had
+slowly built up through the years, was now resolving itself into this,
+and this alone. Neither had said as much to each other in so many
+words, until some four months ago. Then, upon one memorable night, when,
+excited by drink to an unusual freedom and openness of speech, Guest had
+voiced the unspoken thought of his master and himself.
+
+A human brain, a living human brain, in a living human body was an
+absolute and final requirement.
+
+There were not wanting, there never have been wanting, scientific
+enthusiasts who will submit themselves to experiment. But in this case a
+voluntary subject was impossible, for reasons which will presently
+appear. It became a definite problem with the two men as to how, and by
+what means, they should obtain a living creature who should be
+absolutely subject to their will.
+
+And then chance had provided Sir William with the unique opportunity. He
+had seen his way to rid himself of a hated rival, and to provide a
+subject for experiment at one and the same time. He had not hesitated.
+Brains so far removed from the ordinary sphere of humanity as his never
+hesitate at anything.
+
+Guy Rathbone had disappeared.
+
+The motor stopped at the door in the great, grim wall which surrounded
+Sir William's house. He said good-night to the chauffeur who looked
+after his two cars at a garage some half-a-mile away, and opened the
+wicket with his key.
+
+As he walked through the dark garden and saw the great square block of
+the house looming up before him, it was with a quickening sense of
+anticipation and pleasure. All the worries of his life were momentarily
+over and done with, he was coming back to his great passion, to his life
+work, the service of science!
+
+It was about ten o'clock, and as he opened the front door and came into
+the hall, everything was silent and still. He lifted up the padded stick
+which hung beside the dinner-gong and struck the metal, standing still
+while the deep booming note echoed mournfully through the house.
+
+The butler did not answer the summons. Sir William realized that the man
+must be out; Wilson Guest had probably given the servants an evening's
+holiday for some purpose of his own.
+
+He crossed the dimly-lit hall, pushed open the baize door which led to
+the study, and entered his own room.
+
+The fire was burning brightly, the electric lights glowed, but the place
+was quite empty. On his writing-table were a pile of letters, on a round
+table set beside the fire was a cold chicken and a bottle of claret.
+Obviously his first surmise had been right, and the servants were out.
+
+He left the study, proceeded onwards down the passage and unlocked
+another door, a door through which no one but himself and Guest were
+allowed to penetrate, a door that was always kept locked, and which led
+to the laboratories, mechanical rooms, and invention studios, which had
+been built out at the back of the house over what were once the tennis
+lawns, and occupied a considerable area.
+
+Locking the door behind him, Sir William went on down a short passage.
+The first door on the right had the letter "A" painted on it in white.
+
+He opened this door and looked in.
+
+The room was empty, though it was brilliantly lit. It was a place filled
+with large tables, on which there were drawing instruments, sheets of
+figures and tracings.
+
+Guest was not there.
+
+Closing the door again and passing onward, Sir William entered the
+chemical laboratory, a long, low place, lit by a sky-light in day, and
+by electricity at night. As he opened the door quietly, he heard sounds
+of movement. And then immediately, at the far end of the laboratory, he
+saw the man he was looking for.
+
+The place was in entire darkness save at one end, where two incandescent
+bulbs glowed above an experiment table.
+
+The assistant was bending over a Bunsen burner above which a large glass
+tube was clamped, in which some liquid was boiling.
+
+Suddenly he heard Sir William's advancing footsteps, and leapt up. For a
+single moment the grey-pink hairless face was suffused with furtive
+terror at the sound. It shone out in the light of the lamps clear and
+distinct, though the lower part of the body was hidden by the darkness.
+
+"Here you are then," Gouldesbrough said. "The whole house seems
+deserted."
+
+Guest sighed with relief, and then began to titter in his curious,
+almost feminine, way--
+
+"By Jove!" he said, "you startled me, William. I had no idea when you'd
+be back. My nerves are like lumps of wet velvet. He! he!"
+
+His hand shook as he came forward to greet his chief. Sir William knew
+well that this man was a consistent and secret drunkard, and he never
+made any comment on the fact. Guest was at liberty to do exactly as he
+pleased, to gratify his vices to the full--because Guest, drunk or
+sober, was a complete and brilliant helper, and because Sir William not
+only could not do without him, but knew that the man was his, body and
+mind, so long as he was allowed to indulge himself as he would. Yet, as
+the greater man shook hands with the lesser, he was conscious of a
+sudden thrill of repulsion at the filthy fears of the sensualist.
+
+"Yes, I'm back," Gouldesbrough answered, "and everything has gone very
+well. I suppose you have seen that Eustace Charliewood killed himself?"
+
+"Yes, I did," Guest answered, "and for a few hours I was considerably
+troubled about it. Then I saw by the paper that you were down there, so
+I knew it would be all right. He never said anything, of course, or left
+anything behind him?"
+
+"Only a letter to me, which I destroyed."
+
+"Good," Guest answered, and his interest in Eustace Charliewood and his
+end ceased immediately. "Well, I've lots to tell you. I've gone as far
+as I could on my own lines, but I've been longing for you to come back.
+My dear William, it's simply splendid! How right you have been always!
+How absolutely necessary it was to have a living brain to experiment
+on!"
+
+"How is the man, in good health?"
+
+"Well, of course there's been a considerable waste of tissue, and the
+absolute lack of exercise has had its effect. But the cell is well
+ventilated with an electric fan which I keep constantly going, and I
+allow the subject to read two or three hours every day--such books as he
+may ask for. The rest of the time I turn out the light, after I have
+fixed on the cap. I find that the thought images thrown upon the screen
+in room "D" are more vivid when the subject is kept in darkness. Still,
+speaking as a whole, the physical health is good, and it's singular how
+vivid the thought pictures are, which shows that the cerebrum is in a
+perfectly strong and healthy condition. As you know, it is from that
+part of the brain we get all our voluntary and actual pictures;
+therefore, we are to be congratulated that there is no weakness in that
+regard so far. Still, when you came in, I was just preparing a phosphate
+solution which I'm going to mix with the subject's soup, which he will
+take in an hour or so. Three or four days' phosphate treatment will
+intensify the vibrations within the magnetic field of the cap. I was
+doing this in view of your return, when we shall really begin to
+experiment seriously."
+
+"Have you had any trouble, physical trouble I mean, with the subject?"
+Gouldesbrough asked.
+
+"Oh, no," Guest replied indifferently. "Of course he's as strong as a
+horse, but the aluminium fetters and the system of india-rubber cord
+that you suggested, have proved all that was necessary. I can render him
+quite helpless directly I get inside the cell and before he could
+possibly reach me. Then fitting the cap is a simple matter. The head is
+rigid in the vulcanite depression which encloses the neck, and there is
+no resistance at all."
+
+"Good," Gouldesbrough answered. "Curiously enough, I found that design
+in a strange old book published at the time of the Reformation,
+detailing some of the methods of the Holy Office in Spain, with
+appropriate wood cuts."
+
+Guest chuckled horribly.
+
+"Of course as yet," Gouldesbrough went on in calm, even tones, "the
+subject has not the slightest idea what the experiments mean? He doesn't
+know why you fit on the receiver? He is quite in the dark?"
+
+"Entirely," Guest answered, "and he is at a loss to imagine what we are
+doing to him."
+
+"Ah, well," Gouldesbrough replied, "when we do tell him----"
+
+"It will be lovely," the assistant replied, tittering once more, "to
+watch the pictures that come on the screen when he knows that we are
+reading his inmost thoughts when he tries to control them, to alter
+them, and fails in his agony! When he realizes that he doesn't belong to
+himself any more!"
+
+The creature rubbed its plump and delicate hands together in an ecstasy
+of evil enjoyment.
+
+"I suppose," Gouldesbrough said with some slight hesitation, "you've
+gathered a good deal of the fellow's opinions, memories, etc., lately?"
+
+"Never had such an amusing time in all my life," Guest answered. "I've
+gone down and put on the cap and tied him up, and I've come up and sat
+alone in front of the screen in Room "D," turned on the generating
+current and sat in an arm-chair with a bottle of whisky at my side, and
+laughed till I cried! You'll learn a few home truths about yourself,
+William, before very long. The curious thing is, that whenever your
+picture comes upon the screen, it's all distorted. You are a fairly
+passable-looking man, as men go, William, but you should see yourself as
+this man sees you in his brain."
+
+He laughed once more, malicious and horrible laughter which echoed high
+up in the sky-light of this weird and empty place.
+
+Gouldesbrough made an impatient movement.
+
+"How do you mean?" he said.
+
+"Well," Guest answered, intensely enjoying the situation, "I've seen a
+good many pictures of nasty ugly looking devils and monsters, and I've
+been in the Weirtz Museum at Brussels, but no artist who ever painted or
+drew, and no man who ever modelled in wax, ever made such a face as this
+man's brain makes of you, when he thinks of you!"
+
+Gouldesbrough laughed grimly.
+
+"Poor devil," he said indifferently, "he naturally would. But I'm glad
+we have got such an excellent brain for experiment. The Pons Varolii
+must be exceptionally active."
+
+"I should think it was," Guest answered. "You should see the pictures
+that come on the screen when he is thinking of Marjorie Poole!"
+
+Gouldesbrough started.
+
+"How do you mean?" he said.
+
+"Well," Guest replied, turning off the blue flame of the Bunsen burner,
+and stirring the mixture in the test-tube with a glass rod--"well,
+Marjorie Poole's a pretty girl, but when this man calls her up in his
+memory, she's a sort of angel. You know what a difficulty we had when we
+got over the Lithium lines in the ash of the muscular tissue of the
+blood, which had to be translated through the new spectroscope into
+actual colour upon the screen? Well, we did get over it, but when the
+subject thinks of Marjorie Poole, the colour all fades out of the
+picture, the actual primary colours, I mean. The girl flashes out into
+the dark in white light, like a sort of angel! and the first time I saw
+it I jumped up from my chair, shut off the connecting switch and turned
+up the lamps. It was so unlike any of the other pictures we have ever
+got, and for a moment I thought I had been over-doing it a little in the
+whisky line."
+
+Gouldesbrough stopped the strange inhuman creature in his unholy
+amusement.
+
+"Well, I'm going to bed now," he said. "We'll begin work to-morrow. I
+saw some supper put out for me in the study."
+
+"Right oh," Guest answered. "Good-night then, William. I'm going to take
+the beef broth and phosphates to our Brain down below in the cell."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+THE TOMB-BOUND MAN
+
+
+Mr. Guest had visited his victim and had gone.
+
+Supper was over. Beef-tea and phosphorous! and Mr. Guest had said his
+mocking words of good-night.
+
+"Sleep well, Mr. Rathbone! I shall not be compelled to ask you to wear
+that pretty metal cap until to-morrow, so I won't turn out the light.
+You have a book to read, you've had your supper, and I wish you a
+pleasant time alone. No doubt you will occupy your leisure in thinking
+of Miss Marjorie Poole. You'll recall that occasion in a certain room
+hung with pink, when you kissed her by the side of the piano in the
+white and gold case! I know you often recall that happy incident."
+
+He had closed the heavy steel door with a last chuckle of malice and
+power, leaving the prisoner white and shaking with fear. How did this
+sinister and devilish gaoler know his intimate thoughts?
+
+He groaned deeply, and then, as he had done a thousand times before,
+gazed round the place in which he was in terror-struck amazement. Where
+was he? _What_ was this horrible prison with all its strange
+contrivances, its inexplicable mysteries?
+
+He was in a large stone cell, brilliantly lit at this moment by two
+incandescent electric bulbs in the vaulted ceiling far above his head. A
+long time ago now, how long he could not have said, he was Gerald
+Rathbone, a man living in the world, seeing the sunlight and breathing
+the air of day. He had been Gerald Rathbone, moving honourably among his
+fellow men, seeing human faces, hearing the music of human voices, an
+accepted lover, and a happy man.
+
+That was long ago, a dream, a vision which was fading away. It seemed
+years since he had heard any voice but that of the pink, hairless man
+who fed him and whose slave he had become.
+
+Once more the prisoned thing that had been Gerald Rathbone gazed round
+the cell, striving with terrible intensity of thought to understand it
+and penetrate its mysteries. Here he had been put and here he had
+remained ever since that sickening moment when he had been talking to
+Sir William Gouldesbrough. He had been standing in front of the baronet,
+when his arms had been gripped from behind and unseen fingers held a
+damp cloth, with a faint sickly and aromatic smell, over his face. A
+noise like the rushing of great waters sounded in his ears, there was a
+sense of falling into a gulf of enveloping blackness.
+
+He had awakened in the place which he was now surveying again, with
+frightful and fascinated curiosity.
+
+In the brilliant light of the electric bulbs every object in the cell
+was clearly seen. The place was not small. It was oblong in shape, some
+sixteen feet by twelve. The walls were built of heavy slabs of Portland
+stone cemented together with extreme nicety and care. The door of the
+cell was obviously new. It was a heavy steel door with a complicated
+system of locks--very much like the door of a safe. The whole place,
+indeed, suggested that it had been used as a strong-room at some time or
+other. There was no window of any kind in the cell. In the centre of the
+arched roof there was a barred ventilator, and close by an electric fan
+whirled and whispered unceasingly. The sound made by the purring thing
+as it revolved two thousand times a minute was almost the only sound
+Gerald Rathbone heard now.
+
+The floor of the cell was covered with cork carpet of an ordinary
+pattern. The victim cast his glance on all this without interest. Then,
+as if he did so unwillingly, but by the force of an attraction he could
+not resist, he stared, with lively doubt and horror rippling over his
+face, at something which stood against the opposite wall. He saw a long
+narrow couch of some black wood, slanting upwards towards the head. The
+couch stood upon four thick pedestals of red rubber, which in their turn
+rested upon four squares of thick porcelain. The whole thing had the
+appearance of a shallow box upon trestles, and at the head was a curious
+pillow of india-rubber. At the side of this thick pad was a
+collar-shaped circlet of vulcanite clamped between two arms of
+aluminium, which moved in any direction upon ball-pivots.
+
+He stared at this mysterious couch, trying to understand it, to realize
+it.
+
+He rose from the narrow bed on which he sat, and advanced to the centre
+of the cell--to the centre, but no further than that.
+
+Around his waist a circlet of light steel was welded, and from it thin
+steel chains ran through light handcuffs upon his wrists, and were
+joined to steel bands which were locked upon his ankles. And all these
+chains, hardly thicker than stout watch-chains, but terribly strong,
+were caught up to a pulley that hung far above his head and, in its
+turn, gave its central chain to another pulley and swivel fixed in the
+roof.
+
+In the half of his cell where his little bed was fixed, the prisoner had
+fair liberty of movement, despite his shackles. He could sit or lie,
+use his hands with some freedom. But whenever he attempted to cross the
+invisible line which divided one part of the cell from the other, the
+chains tightened and forbade him.
+
+He stood now, straining to the limit of his bonds, gazing at the long
+couch of black wood, with its rubber feet, its clamps and collar at the
+head.
+
+Above the mysterious couch, upon a triangular shelf by the door, was
+something that gleamed and shone brightly. It was a cap of metal, shaped
+like a huge acorn cup, or a bishop's mitre. From an ivory stud in the
+centre of the peak, coils of silk-covered wire ran to a china plug in
+the wall.
+
+Rathbone stood upright for several minutes gazing at these things. Then
+with a long, hopeless sigh, to the accompanying jingle of his fetters,
+he turned and sat down once more upon his bed.
+
+As prisoners do, he had contracted the habit of talking aloud to
+himself. It was a poor comfort--this mournful echo of one's own
+voice!--but it seemed to make the profound solitude more bearable for a
+moment. He began a miserable monologue now.
+
+"I _must_ understand it!" he said. "That is the first step of all, if I
+am to keep my brain, if there is ever to be the slightest chance of
+escape, I must understand this terrible and secret business.
+
+"What are these fiends doing to me?
+
+"Let me go through the whole thing slowly and in order."
+
+He began to reconstruct the scenes of his frequent torture, with the
+logic and precision with which he would have worked out a proposition of
+Euclid. It was the only way in which he could keep a grip upon a failing
+mind; a logical process of thought alone could solve this horrid
+mystery.
+
+What happened every day, sometimes two or three times a day? Just this.
+He would be lying on his bed, reading, perhaps, if the electric lights
+were turned on. There would be a sudden creak and rattle of the big
+pulleys high up in the roof, a rattle which came without any warning
+whatever.
+
+Then the central chain, to which all the other thinner chains were
+fastened, would begin to tighten and move. Slowly, inch by inch, as if
+some one were turning a winch-handle outside the cell, the chain wound
+up into the roof. As it did so, the smaller chains, which were fixed to
+the steel bands upon his limbs, tightened also.
+
+Struggle as he might, the arrangements and balance of the weights were
+so perfect that in less than a minute he would be swinging clear of the
+bed, as helpless as a bale of goods at the end of a crane.
+
+Then the upward movement of the chain would stop, the door open with a
+clicking of its massive wards, and Guest would come in.
+
+In a moment more Gerald always found himself swung on to the long black
+couch. His neck was encircled by the collar of thick vulcanite, his head
+was bent upwards by means of an india-rubber pillow beneath it, his
+hands and feet were strapped to the framework of the couch.
+
+And finally Guest would take the metal cap and fix it firmly upon his
+head, pressed down to the very eyes so that he could in no way shake it
+off. The man would leave the cell, sometimes with a chuckle or a
+malicious sentence that seemed full of hidden meaning, sometimes in
+silence.
+
+And then the electric light invariably went out.
+
+Rathbone never knew how long he was forced to remain thus in the dark,
+the subject of some horrible experiment, at the nature of which he could
+only guess. The period seemed to vary, but there was no possible test of
+time. Long ago time had ceased to exist for him.
+
+Release would come at last, release, food and light--and so the dreadful
+silent days went on.
+
+"What are these devils doing to me?"
+
+The hollow voice of reverie and self-communing cut into the silence like
+a knife.
+
+"It must be that I am being made the victim of an awful revenge and
+hatred. Charliewood was the decoy and tool of Gouldesbrough; it was all
+planned from the first. Marjorie was never really relinquished by
+Gouldesbrough. He meant all along to get me out of the way, to get
+Marjorie back if he could. All this is clear enough. I thought I was
+dealing with an honourable gentleman, and a great man, too great to
+stoop even to anything petty or mean. I have been dealing with desperate
+and secret criminals, people who live hideous double lives, who walk the
+world and sit in high places and do unnameable evil in the dark. Yes!
+That is clear enough. Even now, perhaps, my darling is once more in the
+power of this monster Gouldesbrough!"
+
+The thin voice failed and died away into a tortured whimper. The tall
+form shook with agony and the rattle of the steel chains mingled with
+the "purr," "purr" of the electric fan in the roof.
+
+By a tremendous effort of will Rathbone clutched at his thoughts again.
+He wrenched his mind back from the memory of his dreadful plight to the
+solving of the mystery.
+
+Till he had some glimmering of the _meaning_ of what was being done to
+him, he was entirely hopeless and helpless.
+
+He began to murmur to himself again.
+
+"In the first place Gouldesbrough has got me out of the way
+successfully. I have disappeared from the world of men, the field is
+clear for him. But he has not killed me. For some reason or other,
+dangerous though it must be for him, he is keeping me alive. It surely
+would have been safer for him to have murdered me in this secret place,
+and buried me beneath the stone flags here? I am forced to conclude that
+he is keeping me for an even worse revenge than that of immediate
+extinction. It is torture enough to imprison me like this, of course.
+But, if the man is what I feel he is--not man, but devil--would he not
+have tortured me in another way before now? There are dreadful pains
+that fiends can make the body suffer. One has read of unbearable agonies
+in old books, in the classics. Yet nothing of the sort has been done to
+me yet, and I have been long in this prison. My food has been plentiful
+and of good quality, even definitely stimulating I have thought at
+times.
+
+"It is obvious then that I am not to be subjected to any of the horrors
+one has read of. What _is_ being done to me? when, each day, I am fixed
+rigidly upon that couch, and the brass helmet is put upon my head, what
+is going on? I cannot feel any sensation out of the ordinary when I am
+tied down there. I am no weaker in body, my faculties are just as
+unimpaired when I am released as they were before. At least it seems so
+to me. I can discover no change in me either, mental or physical.
+
+"Something is being done by means of electricity. The coils of wire that
+lead from the helmet to the plug in the wall show that. The way in which
+the couch is insulated, the vulcanite collar, the rubber pillow, all
+lead to the same conclusion. At first I thought that a torturing current
+of electricity was to be directed into the brain. That my faculties, my
+very soul itself, were to be dissolved and destroyed by some subtle
+means. But it is not so. There is no current coming to me through the
+wire. Nowhere does my head touch metal, the cap is lined throughout with
+rubber. But yesterday, as my gaoler held up the helmet to examine it
+before putting it on my head, I had an opportunity of seeing the whole
+interior for the first time.
+
+"There was very little to see! At the top was a circular orifice which
+seemed to be closed by a thin disc of some shining material. That was
+all. It looked just like the part of a telephone into which one speaks.
+My brain, my body, are not being acted upon. Nothing is being slowly
+instilled into my being. _Can it be that anything is being taken away?_"
+
+He bent his head upon his hands and groaned in agony. All was dark and
+impenetrable, there was no solution, no help. He was in the grip of
+merciless men, in the clutch of the unknown.
+
+The electric light in the cell went out suddenly.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+LORD MALVIN
+
+
+If Sir William Gouldesbrough represented all that was most brilliant,
+modern, and daring in the scientific world of Europe, Lord Malvin stood
+as its official figure-head. He was the "grand old man" of science, and
+was regarded by every one as a final court of appeal in all such
+matters.
+
+He was of a great age, almost eighty, in fact, yet his health was
+perfect, his intellect unimpaired, and his interest in human events as
+keen and vigorous as that of a man but half his age and in the full
+prime and meridian of life.
+
+In science, he represented what the President of the Royal Academy
+represents in art, or the Lord Chief Justice in the law, and although he
+had almost ceased independent investigations, he was always appealed to
+and consulted when anything new and revolutionary in science was
+discovered or promulgated by any of the younger men.
+
+The younger men themselves, while allowing their chief's vast knowledge
+and experience, his real and undeniable eminence, were apt to call him
+conservative, and to hint that he was of an alien generation. They would
+say that his judgment was sometimes obscured by his veneration and love
+for the past, and because he found himself unable to leap so rapidly to
+conclusions as they did, they put him down as an old fogey who had done
+valuable and remarkable work in his time, but who ought to be content
+with his peerage and immense fortune and retire to the planting of
+cabbages or the growing of roses in the country.
+
+In the public eye, nevertheless, Lord Malvin remained as familiar and
+necessary a part of the English landscape as St. Paul's; and, whenever a
+great man died and the newspapers enumerated the few remaining veterans
+of the Commonwealth, Lord Malvin was usually the first to be mentioned.
+
+For many years there had been an antagonism between Lord Malvin and Sir
+William Gouldesbrough. It was not personal so much as scientific, an
+abstract and intellectual antagonism. When Sir William's star first
+began to rise above the horizon--he was only Mr. Gouldesbrough
+then--Lord Malvin had recognized his talent as an inventor, but
+deprecated many of his theories. These ideas, these possibilities for
+the future which Gouldesbrough was fond of giving to the world in
+lectures and reviews, seemed horribly dangerous, subversive, and
+fantastic to the older man.
+
+He said so in no uncertain voice, and for some years, though he was
+always kind and civil to Gouldesbrough, he certainly did much to
+discount the rising star's power of illumination.
+
+But as time went on, each daring theory put forth by Gouldesbrough
+passed into the realm of actual fact. Lord Malvin saw that Sir William
+had been almost invariably right. He saw that the new man not only told
+the world that some day this or that marvel would come to pass, but
+immediately afterwards set to work and himself made it come to pass!
+
+Lord Malvin was a noble man as well as a nobleman--sometimes a rare
+combination to-day--and he confessed himself in the wrong. Directly he
+saw that he had been mistaken, and that Sir William was no charlatan,
+but one of the most daring and brilliant scientists the world had ever
+known, the peer gave the newer man all the weight of his support.
+Nevertheless, while forced by circumstance and Gouldesbrough's
+justification of his own ideas into a scientific brotherhood, Lord
+Malvin, who constantly met the other, found a new problem confronting
+him.
+
+While he had not believed in Gouldesbrough's theories, Lord Malvin had
+rather liked him personally.
+
+Now that he was compelled to believe in Gouldesbrough's theories, Lord
+Malvin found that he experienced a growing dislike for the man himself.
+And as he was a fair and honourable man, Lord Malvin did everything he
+possibly could to rid himself of this prejudice, with the result that
+while his efforts to do so were quite unavailing, he redoubled his
+kindness and attentions to the man he disliked.
+
+All the scientific world knew that Sir William was perfecting some
+marvellous discovery. In Berlin, Paris, Petersburg, Vienna, and Buda
+Pesth, learned savants were writing to their _confrères_ in London to
+know what this might be. The excitement was intense, the rumours were
+endless, and it is not too much to say that the whole scientific
+intellect of the globe was roused and waiting.
+
+Now when a number of leading brains are agitated upon one subject,
+something of that agitation begins to stir and move in the outside
+world.
+
+Already some hints had got about, and the press of Europe and America
+was scenting some extraordinary news.
+
+The whole business had at length culminated in the giving of a great
+reception by Lord Malvin.
+
+Everybody who mattered was asked, not only in the scientific but also in
+the general world.
+
+And everybody knew, that not only was the reception given in Sir William
+Gouldesbrough's honour, but that he would say something more or less
+definite about what he had in hand.
+
+In short, a pronouncement was to be made, and the ears of every one were
+tingling to hear it.
+
+Among the idle and frivolous section of society the promised revelation
+had become the topic of the hour. Everything else was quite forgotten.
+Gerald Rathbone's disappearance was already a thing of the past. Eustace
+Charliewood's suicide had not lasted for the proverbial nine days as a
+subject of talk. But here was something _quite_ new! Something all the
+more attractive because of its mystery.
+
+Some people said that Sir William had invented a way in which any one
+might become invisible for a few pence.
+
+This suggested delightful possibilities to every one, save only the
+newly rich, whose whole endeavour was to be seen.
+
+On the other hand there was a considerable section of people who
+asserted that Sir William had succeeded in supplying the lesion in the
+brain of the ape, and that now that intelligent animal would be able to
+talk, own property, and become recognized as a British citizen. Every
+one began to read the _Jungle Book_ again, and a serious proposal was
+made in an Imperialistic Journal that England might thus colonize and
+secure the unexplored forests of Central Africa, by means of drilling
+and civilizing the monkeys of the interior.
+
+A Gorilla-General was to be appointed, who should know the English
+language, but no other, and it was thought that by this means the
+British dominions and population would be enormously increased. The
+"Smart Set" especially welcomed this recruitment of their numbers.
+
+In city circles both these conjectures were scouted.
+
+The well-informed insisted that Sir William had discovered a method of
+solidifying alcohol, so that in future one would buy one's whiskey in
+chunks, and one's champagne in sticks like barley sugar.
+
+Lord Malvin lived in Portland Place, in one of those great stone houses
+which, however sombre without, are generally most pleasant and
+attractive within. He was unmarried, and his niece Dorothea Backhouse
+acted as hostess and generally controlled his domestic affairs.
+
+The stately rooms were crowded with well-known people of all sorts and
+conditions. Yet this assembly differed from others in a marked manner.
+All the society people who lived solely for amusement had been invited,
+and were there. But mingled with the butterflies, one saw the ants and
+bees. By the carefully groomed, and not ill-looking face of a young and
+fashionable man about town, could be seen the domed forehead, and the
+face gashed and scored with thought, of some great savant or deep
+thinker.
+
+It was indeed an unusual assemblage that passed through the large and
+brilliant rooms, laughing and talking. In the blue drawing-room, Kubelik
+had just arrived and was beginning to play. Every one crushed in to hear
+the young maestro. Melba was to sing a song, perhaps two, later on in
+the evening, and the ball-room was filled with supper-tables.
+
+In so much Lord Malvin's party did not differ in any way from that of
+any other famous and wealthy London host. There was the same light and
+sparkle of jewels. The warm air was laden with perfume, the same
+beautiful and tired faces moved gracefully among all this luxury. But
+the men and women who worked and thought for the world were in this
+Portland Place palace also. They talked together in eager and animated
+groups, they paid little or no attention to this or that delight which
+had been provided for them. All these things were phantoms and unreal to
+these people. The real things were taking place within the brain as they
+conversed together. The army of intellect was massing within the citadel
+of thought, to wrest new territory from the old queen nature, mistress
+of the kingdom of the unknown.
+
+Lord Malvin and his niece had received their guests at the head of the
+grand staircase. Now, when almost every one had arrived, the great
+scientist had withdrawn to an inner room at the end of a long series of
+apartments, and stood there talking with a small knot of friends.
+
+This inner drawing-room was the culminating part of the suite, the
+throne room as it were; and the people standing there could look down a
+long and crowded vista of light and movement, while the yearning and
+sobbing of Kubelik's violin came to their ears in gusts and throbs of
+delicious sound.
+
+Lord Malvin, a tall, upright old man with a long white beard, a high
+white brow beneath his velvet skull-cap, and wearing a row of orders,
+was talking to Sir Harold Oliver. Sir Harold was the principal of a
+great Northern University, a slim, hard-faced man of middle age, and the
+pioneer in the movement which was allowing a place to both philosophy
+and psychology in modern science.
+
+A third person stood there also, a youngish man of middle height, Mr.
+Donald Megbie, the well-known journalist and writer on social and
+religious matters. Donald Megbie held rather a curious position in the
+literary world. He was the friend of many great people, and more often
+than not his pen was the vehicle chosen by them to first introduce
+their ideas and discoveries to the general public. When it was time to
+let the man in the street know of some stupendous discovery, Megbie was
+called in, and his articles, always brilliant and interesting, explained
+the matter in popular terms for the non-technical mind.
+
+"So Gouldesbrough has not yet come?" Sir Harold Oliver said.
+
+"Not yet," Lord Malvin answered. "I have had a telegram from him,
+however, to say that he is compelled to be rather later than he had
+expected. I have told the butler to wait in the hall for him, and to
+bring him straight through here directly he arrives."
+
+"A remarkable man," said Mr. Megbie, in that low and pleasant voice
+which had become so familiar in high places--even in the private rooms
+of cabinet ministers it was said--during the last few years.
+
+"A man none of us can afford to ignore," Sir Harold answered with a
+slight sigh of impatience.
+
+Megbie smiled.
+
+"My dear Donald," Sir Harold went on, "please don't smile in that
+superior sort of manner. I know what you are thinking. You're thinking
+'how these scientists love one another.' You are accusing me of envy,
+jealousy and uncharitableness. I'm not jealous of Gouldesbrough, great
+as his attainments are, and I'm sure I don't envy him."
+
+"Any one might be forgiven a little envy on such an occasion as this,"
+Megbie answered. "I confess that if I thought every one of importance in
+London were met together in Lord Malvin's house to welcome _me_, to hear
+what _I_ was going to do next, I should be rather more than pleased."
+
+Lord Malvin smiled kindly, but the noble old face grew sad for a moment.
+
+"Ah!" he said, "you are young, Mr. Megbie. I thought as you think when I
+was your age. But one finds out the utter worthlessness of fame and
+applause and so on, as one grows older. The work itself is the thing!
+Yes! There, and therein only, lies the reward. All else is vain and
+hollow. I am a very old man, and I am near my end. I suppose I may say
+that such honours as can be given have fallen to my share. Yet I can
+honestly say that I would give them all up, I would efface myself
+utterly if I thought that I was on the brink of the discovery which I
+believe William Gouldesbrough has made and will tell us something of
+to-night!"
+
+The other two started. A deep note of seriousness had come into the
+voice of the venerable old man. It portended something, something vast
+and far-reaching, and they all stood silent for a moment occupied with
+their own thoughts.
+
+The distant music of piano and violin rose higher and higher in keen
+vibrating melody. There was a note of triumph in it which seemed to
+accentuate the gravity and importance of Lord Malvin's words. The
+triumphant notes of the man who was coming were singing and ringing
+through the halls and chambers of this great house!
+
+The music ceased suddenly, and there was a great clapping of hands.
+
+At that moment the three men waiting in the inner room saw a tall, black
+figure moving towards them, the figure of a man on whom people were
+beginning to press and converge, a figure that smiled, bowed, stopped
+continually to shake hands and receive greetings, and made a slow
+progress towards them.
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough, the man of the future, radiant, honoured and
+successful, was arriving to greet Lord Malvin, the man of the past.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+DONALD MEGBIE SEES POSSIBILITIES
+
+
+So Sir William Gouldesbrough passed through the crowds of friends and
+acquaintances who crowded round him in a welter of curiosity and
+congratulation, and came into the inner room, where Lord Malvin, Sir
+Harold Oliver and Mr. Donald Megbie were waiting to receive him.
+
+Tall, suave, and self-contained, he bowed and shook hands. Then there
+was a moment's pause--they were waiting for him to speak, expectant of
+what he should say.
+
+"I am sorry, Lord Malvin," he began, "that I have arrived so late at
+your party. But I was conducting an experiment, and when I was half-way
+through I found that it was going to lead me much further than I
+thought. You know how that happens sometimes?"
+
+"Perfectly, Sir William, and the fact is a scientist's greatest pleasure
+very often. Now, may I ask you--you will excuse an old man's
+impatience--may I ask you if you have finally succeeded? When I last
+saw you the composition of the spectrum presented a difficulty."
+
+"That I have now completely overcome, Lord Malvin."
+
+Lord Malvin trembled, actually trembled with excitement. "Then the
+series of experiments is complete?"
+
+"Quite. And more than that, I have done, not once or twice but many
+times, exactly what I told you I hoped to do. The thing, my lord, is an
+accomplished fact, indisputable--_certain_!"
+
+Lord Malvin turned to Sir Harold Oliver and Megbie.
+
+"Gentlemen," he said in a clear voice but full of a profound emotion.
+"The history of life is changed. We all must stand in a new relation to
+each other, to society and to the world."
+
+Donald Megbie knew that here was a chance of his literary lifetime. Lord
+Malvin would never have spoken in this way without due consideration and
+absolute conviction. Something very big indeed was in the air. But what
+was it? The journalist had not an idea as yet.
+
+He looked eagerly at the aquiline, ascetic face of the inventor, marked
+the slight smile of triumph that lingered round the lips, and noted how
+the eyes shone, brilliantly, steadily, as if they were lighted up from
+behind. Megbie had seen many men in many countries.
+
+And as he looked keenly at Sir William Gouldesbrough two thoughts came
+into his mind. One was something like this--"You are certainly one of
+the most intellectual and remarkable men now living. You are unique, and
+you stand upon a pedestal of fame that only one man in several
+generations ever reaches. All the same, I shouldn't like to be in your
+power or to stand in your way!" And moreover the question came to the
+quick analytic brain of the writer whether the brilliance of those
+lamp-like eyes was wholly natural, was wholly sane.
+
+These twin thoughts were born and over in a flash, and even as he
+thought of them Megbie began to speak.
+
+"Now that Lord Malvin has told us so much, Sir William," he said, "won't
+you tell us some more? I suppose you know that all the world is waiting
+for a pronouncement?"
+
+"The world will know very soon, Mr. Megbie," Gouldesbrough answered
+pleasantly. "In about a fortnight's time I am sending out some
+invitations to some of our leading people to witness the result of my
+experiments in my laboratories. I hope I may have the pleasure of seeing
+you there also. But if you wish it, I will certainly give you a slight
+idea of the work. Since the public seem interested in what I am doing,
+and something seems to have leaked out, I am quite willing that they
+should know more. And of course there is no one to whom I would rather
+say anything than yourself."
+
+Megbie bowed. He was tremendously excited. Brother writers who did not
+make a tenth of his income and had not a quarter of his eminence were
+wont to say that his ears twitched when in the presence of a great
+celebrity. This no doubt was calumny, but the journalist stood in an
+attitude of strained attention--as well a man might stand when the
+secret of the hour was about to be revealed to him in preference to all
+other men.
+
+Gouldesbrough bowed to Lord Malvin.
+
+"I'm going to have half-an-hour's conversation with Mr. Megbie," he
+said. "Meanwhile, my lord, I wonder if you would give Sir Harold Oliver
+a slight technical outline of my processes? And of course, as I
+understand this is to be in some sense a night on which your friends are
+to be given some general information, I shall place myself entirely in
+your hands as to any revelations you may think proper to make."
+
+He moved off with the journalist, leaving the two other men already
+fallen into deep talk.
+
+"Where shall we go, Mr. Megbie?" he said, as they came out into a large
+room hung with old Flemish tapestry and full of people.
+
+"There is a little conservatory down a corridor here," Megbie
+answered. "I expect we should be quite undisturbed there. Moreover,
+we could smoke, and I know that you are like me, Sir William, a
+cigarette-smoker."
+
+"That will do very well, then," Gouldesbrough answered, and they walked
+away together. Every one saw them go. Ladies nodded and whispered,
+gentlemen whispered and nodded to each other. The occasion was perfectly
+well understood. Sir William was telling Donald Megbie! By supper time
+it would be all over the rooms and the _Eastminster Gazette_ to-morrow
+afternoon would have all the details.
+
+"Megbie is always chosen in affairs of this sort." "That's Megbie, the
+writing Johnny, who sort of stage-manages all these things." "The
+ubiquitous Donald has got him in his grip, and we shall soon know all
+the details"--these were the remarks made upon every side as the two men
+strolled through the rooms.
+
+Then an incident that was much commented on next day in society,
+occurred quite suddenly. It created quite a little sensation and gave
+rise to a great deal of gossip.
+
+Sir William and Mr. Megbie came to a part of the room where Lady Poole
+and her daughter Marjorie were standing talking to General Mayne of the
+War Office.
+
+Lady Poole saw the scientist.
+
+"Ah, William!" she said, somewhat loudly, and quite in her old manner of
+the days when Sir William and Marjorie were engaged. "So here you are,
+blazing with triumph. Every one's talking of you, and every one has been
+asking Marjorie if she knows what it is you've invented this time!"
+
+Megbie, who knew both Lady Poole and her daughter, but did not wish to
+enter into a conversation just at this important moment, bowed, smiled
+at the old lady and the girl, and stood a little aside.
+
+Gouldesbrough took Lady Poole by the hand and bent over it, saying
+something in a low voice to her. And once more society nodded and
+whispered as it saw the flush of pleasure in the lady's face and her
+gratified smile. Again society whispered and nodded as it saw Marjorie
+Poole shake hands with her _ex-fiancé_, and marked the brightness of her
+beautiful eyes and saw the proud lips moving in words of friendship and
+congratulation.
+
+What Gouldesbrough said in answer to Marjorie was this--
+
+"It is so kind and good of you to be pleased, Marjorie. Nothing is more
+valuable to me than that. I am going to have half-an-hour with Donald
+Megbie now. I find that it's usual to tell the general public something
+at this stage. So I'm doing it through Megbie. He's safe, you know, and
+he understands one. But after that, will you let me take you in to have
+some supper? Do please let me! It would just make everything splendid,
+be the final joy, you know!"
+
+"I should be very churlish to refuse you anything to-night, William,"
+she answered sadly, but with great pride for him in her voice. "Haven't
+you done almost everything for me? You've done what no other living man
+would have done. I shall be very glad and feel very proud if you will
+come back here for me after you have talked to Donald Megbie."
+
+Gouldesbrough went away with the journalist. In five minutes every one
+in Lord Malvin's house was saying that Marjorie Poole was engaged to Sir
+William Gouldesbrough once more.
+
+Marjorie watched the two men go away. Her heart was full of pride and
+pain. She rejoiced that all this had come to the chivalrous gentleman
+who had been her lover and plighted husband. She felt each incident of
+his growing triumph with intense sympathy and pleasure. He had been so
+good to her! From the very first he had been splendid. If only she could
+have loved him, how happy would her lot have been as mate and companion
+to such a man as this! She was not worldly, but she was of the world
+and knew it well. She realized most completely all the advantages, the
+subtle pleasures that would belong to the wife of this great man. The
+love of power and dominion, the sense of a high intellectual
+correspondence with the finest brain of the day, the incense of a lofty
+and chivalrous devotion--all these, yes, all these, would be for the
+girl Sir William loved and wedded.
+
+She half-wondered if such devotion as his had proved to be ought to go
+unrewarded.
+
+Was it _right_? Had any girl a real excuse for making a man like William
+Gouldesbrough unhappy? Guy Rathbone had faded utterly out of life. The
+greatest skill, the most active and prolonged inquiry had failed to
+throw the slightest light upon his disappearance.
+
+As a person, Guy had ceased to exist. He lived only as a memory in her
+heart. A dear memory, bitter-sweet--ah, sweet and bitter!--but no more a
+thing of flesh and blood. A phantom, a shadow now and for evermore!
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Sir William and Donald Megbie sat in a small palm house talking
+earnestly together. A tiny fountain sent up its glittering whip of water
+from a marble pool on which water-lilies were floating, while tiny
+iridescent fish swum slowly round their roots. There was a silence and
+fragrance in the pleasant remote place, the perfume of exotic flowers,
+the grateful green of giant cacti which rested the eye.
+
+Concealed electric lights shed their radiance upon fern, flower, and
+sparkling water, and both men felt that here was a place for confidences
+and a fit spot in which matters of import might be unfolded.
+
+Both men were smoking, and in the still warm air, the delicate grey
+spirals from the thick Turkish cigarettes rose with a fantastic grace of
+curve that only the pencil of a Flaxman could have given its true value.
+
+"I am all attention, Sir William," Megbie said.
+
+"Well, then, I will put the thing to you in a nutshell, and as simply as
+possible. When you come to the demonstration at my house in a few days'
+time, you will be able to gather all the details and have them explained
+to you. I am going to give you a simple broad statement here and now.
+For years I have been investigating the nature of thought. I have been
+seeking to discover what thought really is, how it takes place, what is
+its _mechanical_ as well as its psychical value. Now, I claim that I
+have discovered the active principle of thought. I have discovered how
+to measure it, how to harness it, so to speak; how to use it, in fact,
+just as other investigators in the past have harnessed and utilized
+electricity!"
+
+Megbie started. "I think I see," he said hurriedly. "I think I see
+something--but go on, Sir William, go on!"
+
+Gouldesbrough smiled, pleased with the agitation the man who sat by him
+showed so plainly.
+
+He went on--"Hitherto that which observes--I mean the power of thought,
+has never been able, strictly speaking, to observe itself. It can never
+look on at itself from the outside, or view itself as one of the
+multitude of things that come under its review. It is itself the origin
+of vision, and the eye cannot see its own power of seeing. I have
+altered all this. Thought is a fluid just as electricity is, or one may
+say that it is a peculiar form of motion just as light is. The brain is
+the machine that creates the motion. I have discovered that the brain
+gives off definite rays or vibrations which rise from it as steam rises
+from a boiling pot. That is the reason why one brain can act upon
+another, can influence another. It explains personal magnetism,
+hypnotism and so on. What I have done is this: I have perfected a means
+by which these rays can be collected and controlled. I can place an
+apparatus upon your head which will collect the thought vibrations as
+you think and produce them."
+
+"And then, Sir William?"
+
+"Then I can conduct those rays along a wire for any distance in the form
+of an electric current. Finally, by means of a series of sensitive
+instruments which I will show you at the forthcoming demonstration, I
+can transmute these vibrations into actual pictures or words, and throw
+them upon a screen for all the world to see. That is to say, in actual
+words, whatever any one is thinking is reproduced exactly as he thinks
+it, without his having any power to prevent it. Thought, which had
+hitherto been locked up in the brain of the thinker and only reaches us
+through his words with whatever modification he likes to make, will now
+be absolutely naked and bare."
+
+There was a silence of a minute or two as Sir William stopped speaking.
+
+The journalist was thinking deeply, his head bowed upon his hands.
+
+He looked up at last and his face was very pale. Little beads of
+perspiration stood out upon his forehead. His eyes were luminous.
+
+"It is too big to take in all at once," he said. "But I see some things.
+In the first instance, your discovery means the triumph of _TRUTH_!
+Think of it! the saying that 'truth shall prevail' will be justified at
+last!"
+
+Gouldesbrough nodded, and the writer went on, his voice warming into
+enthusiasm as he continued, his words pouring out in a flood. "No one
+will lie any more because every one will realize that lying will be
+useless, when your machine can search out their inmost secrets! In two
+generations deceit will have vanished from the world. We shall invest in
+no company unless the directors submit themselves to the scrutiny of
+your invention. We shall be able to test the genuineness of every
+enterprise before embarking upon it! Again, your invention means the
+triumph of _JUSTICE_! There will be no more cases of wrongful
+imprisonment. No man will suffer for a crime he did not commit! Oh, it's
+wonderful, beyond thinking! The cumbrous machinery of the law-courts
+will be instantly swept away. The criminal will try himself in spite of
+himself, he will give the secret of his actions to the world! The whole
+of life will be changed and made bright! We shall witness the final
+triumph of all--_THE TRIUMPH OF LOVE_! Man or maid will be each able to
+test the reality and depth of each other's affection! There will be no
+more mercenary marriages, no betrayals of trusting women. And from these
+unions of love, pure and undefiled by worldly considerations, a new and
+finer race will spring up, noble, free and wise! And you, you the man
+sitting here by my side, have done all this!"
+
+His voice failed him for a moment, and the burning torrent of his words
+was still. In the rush and clamour of the new ideas, in the immeasurable
+vastness of the conception, speech would not go on. Then he started, and
+his face grew paler than before. "Forgive me," he said, "forgive me if I
+seem to doubt. It is all so incredibly wonderful. But you have really
+_done_ this, Sir William? You are not merely hoping to do it some day?
+You are not merely advancing along the road which may some day lead to
+it?"
+
+"I have actually done it, Mr. Megbie, completely, utterly, certainly.
+And in a few days you shall judge for yourself. But it is certain."
+
+"But it is infinite in its possibilities!" the journalist went on.
+"Another thing that I see quite clearly will result is this. The right
+man in the right place will be an accomplished fact in the future. We
+shall find out early in the life of a child exactly in what direction
+its true power lies. To-day we find that circumstance and the mistakes
+of parents and guardians are constantly putting children into walks of
+life for which they are not in the least fitted. The result is a
+dreadful waste of power. We see on every side clergymen who ought to be
+business men, business men who ought to be painters or musicians, clerks
+who are bad clerks, but who would make excellent soldiers. Your
+marvellous discovery will change all this for ever. Every day the
+growing brain of the child will be tested. We shall find out exactly
+what its true thoughts are; children will cease to be inarticulate and
+unable to give us a true idea of themselves as they so often are at
+present. Teaching will become an exact science, because every
+schoolmaster will be able to find out how much his teaching is
+appreciated and understood, and how little, as the case may be. And we
+shall discover other and even more portentous secrets! We shall know
+what is passing in the minds of the dying who cannot speak to us! We
+shall know the truth about a future state, inasmuch as we shall be able
+to find out whether the mind does indeed receive warnings and hintings
+of the other world at the moment of passing! Then, also, I suppose that
+we shall be able to penetrate into a world that has been closed to us
+since the human species began! We shall know at last in what strange way
+animals think! The pictures that pass into the brain of the dog, the
+horse, the tiger, through the physical eyes, will be made clear for us
+to see! We shall wrest his secret from the eagle and see the memories of
+the primeval forest which linger in the minds of the jaguar and ape!"
+
+The little fountain in the centre of the conservatory tinkled merrily.
+The electric bulbs in the glass roof shed a soft light upon the broad
+green leaves of the tropical plants, which seemed as if they had been
+cunningly japanned. Two men in modern evening dress sat talking
+together, while distant sounds of talk and laughter floated in to them
+from the great and fashionable drawing-rooms beyond. It was an ordinary
+picture enough, and to the superficial eye one without special
+significance or meaning.
+
+Yet, at that moment and in that place, a stupendous revelation was being
+made. A tale which the wildest imagination would have hesitated to give
+a place in the mind was being poured into the ears of one who was the
+mouthpiece of the public. To-morrow all the world would be thinking the
+thoughts, experiencing the same mental disturbance, that Donald Megbie
+was experiencing now. The cables would be flashing the news through vast
+cities and over the beds of mighty oceans to the furthest corner of the
+habitable globe.
+
+Megbie realized something of this. "I feel my responsibility very
+acutely," he said. "You have put into my hands one of the greatest
+chances that any writer for the public press has ever had. Before I
+begin to write anything, I must be alone to think things over. You may
+well imagine how all this has startled me. For the thinking man it
+almost has an element of terror. One feels an awe that may in any moment
+change to fear! When I first saw Mount Blanc I felt as I do now."
+
+Sir William gazed keenly at his companion. Megbie was obviously
+unstrung. It was curious to see how this revelation had gripped and
+influenced the keen, cool-headed man of the world, curious and full of a
+thrill, exquisite in its sense of power and dominion. The tall figure of
+the scientist towered over that of the other man. Gouldesbrough had
+risen, the usual reserve of his manner had dropped away from him, and
+great tides of exultation seemed to carry him swiftly and irresistibly
+to the very heart of human things. During the long years of experiment
+and toil, Gouldesbrough had occasionally known these moments of savage
+ecstasy. But never had he known a moment so poignant, so supreme as
+this. As he stood there the thought came to him that he alone stood
+apart from all created men in the supremacy of intellect, in the majesty
+of an utter sovereignty over the minds of mankind.
+
+The rush of furious emotion mastered him for a moment, so terrible was
+it in its intensity and strength.
+
+"Yes," he cried, with a wild gesture of his arm and in a high vibrating
+voice. "Yes! You are right! You have said what all the world is about
+to say. I have stormed the heights of the unknown! The secrets of all
+men's hearts are mine, and I claim an absolute knowledge of the soul,
+even as God claims it!"
+
+Megbie started from his reverie. He stared at the tall, swaying figure
+with fascinated eyes as he heard the bold and terrible words. Was it not
+thus that Lucifer himself had spoken in Milton's mighty poem?
+
+And how had the star of the morning fallen?
+
+Once more the thought flashed into his mind that there was something of
+madness in those blazing eyes. However great things this man had done,
+were not these words of tremendous arrogance the symptom of a brain
+destined to blaze up for a moment in mighty triumph and then to pass
+into the dark?
+
+Who could say? Who could tell?
+
+Suddenly Megbie realized that Sir William was speaking in an ordinary
+voice.
+
+"Forgive me," he was saying quietly, and with a half laugh. "I'm afraid
+I let myself go for a moment. It's not a thing I often do, you know; but
+you were so appreciative. Now you will please let me run away. I am
+afraid I have already been here too long. I have promised to take Miss
+Poole in to supper."
+
+He shook hands and walked hurriedly away.
+
+Megbie sat where he was for a few moments longer. He intended to leave
+the house quietly and go home to his chambers in the Temple, perhaps
+looking in at one of his clubs on the way. He did not want the
+innumerable questions, the pressure of the curious, which he knew would
+be his lot if he remained any longer in Portland Place. His mind was in
+a whirl, entire solitude would alone enable him to collect his thoughts.
+
+He rose to leave the conservatory, when he saw something bright upon the
+chair on which Sir William Gouldesbrough had been sitting. It was a
+cigarette-case.
+
+Megbie realized that Gouldesbrough had forgotten it. Being unwilling to
+seek out the scientist, Megbie put the case into his pocket, meaning to
+send it round to Sir William's house in the morning. Then he went
+swiftly into the hall, and managed to get away out of the house without
+being questioned or stopped.
+
+It was a clear, bright night. There was less smoke about in the sky than
+usual, and the swift motion of the hansom cab was exhilarating. How
+fortunate Sir William was! so the journalist thought, as he was driven
+through the lighted streets. He stood upon a supreme pinnacle of fame,
+and beautiful Marjorie Poole--a girl to make any man happy--was being
+kind to him again. The romantic and mysterious Rathbone incident was
+over and done with. Miss Poole's fancy for the young barrister must have
+only been a passing one. But what a dark and mysterious business it had
+all been!
+
+Megbie had known Guy Rathbone a little. He had often met him in the
+Temple, and he had liked the bright and capable young fellow.
+
+For a moment the writer contrasted the lot of two men--the one he had
+just left, great, brilliant, and happy; the other, whom he had known in
+the past, now faded utterly away into impenetrable dark.
+
+He sighed. Then he thought that a cigarette would be refreshing. He
+found he had no cigarettes of his own, but his fingers touched the case
+Sir William had left behind him in the conservatory.
+
+Good! there would be sure to be cigarettes in the case.
+
+He drew it out and opened it. There were two cigarettes in one of the
+compartments.
+
+But it was not the sight of the two little tubes of paper that made the
+writer's eyes dilate and turned his face grey with sudden fear. Cut
+deeply into the silver he saw this--
+
+ GUY RATHBONE,
+ INNER TEMPLE,
+ LONDON, E.C.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+HAIL TO THE LOVERS!
+
+
+When he had left Donald Megbie, Sir William Gouldesbrough went back to
+the room in which he had last seen Marjorie Poole.
+
+He found her the centre of a circle of friends and acquaintances. Lady
+Poole was sitting by her daughter's side, and was in a high good humour.
+
+Gouldesbrough saw at once that while he had been talking with Donald
+Megbie in the conservatory, Lord Malvin had done as Gouldesbrough had
+asked him. Every one knew, with more or less accuracy, of what the new
+invention consisted.
+
+If the excitement and stir of expectation had been noticeable at the
+beginning of the evening, it was now doubly apparent. The rooms hummed
+like a hive with excited talk, and it was obvious that society
+considered it had received a remarkable sensation. Sir William knew that
+things were moving in the direction he wished, when he saw Marjorie
+Poole holding a little court in this manner. She was always a very
+popular girl and knew everybody. But to-night was not ordinary. It was
+plain that both Marjorie and Lady Poole were being courted because of
+their relationship to Sir William Gouldesbrough. Of course everybody
+knew the past history of the engagement. But now it seemed almost
+certain that it would be renewed. Gouldesbrough realized all this in a
+moment, and with intense satisfaction. The assumption that he and
+Marjorie were once more engaged, or on the verge of being so, could not
+but contribute towards the fact.
+
+Yes, it was a propitious hour. Everything was in his favour; this was
+his grand night, and he meant that it should be crowned by the renewal
+of the promise of the girl he loved.
+
+As he went up to the group he seemed wonderfully strong and dominant.
+Marjorie's eyes fell upon him and brightened as they did so. Certainly
+there was no one else like this man!
+
+Gouldesbrough wanted to carry Marjorie away to the supper-room at once,
+but he was not to escape so easily. He was surrounded at once, and
+congratulations were fired at him from every side.
+
+The old Duchess of Marble Arch, an ancient dame painted to resemble a
+dairy-maid of one and twenty, laid a tremulous claw-like hand, blazing
+with rings, upon Gouldesbrough's arm. She was a scandal-monger who had
+ruined homes, a woman who had never done an unselfish action or ever had
+a thought that was not sordid, malevolent or foul. Yet she was a great
+lady, a Princess in Vanity Fair, and even Sir William could not
+disregard her, so great and important was this venerable hag.
+
+"Well," she began in her high impertinent voice, "so you have outdone
+Aladdin, I hear, Sir William. Really I congratulate you on your
+thought-trap or whatever it is. I suppose we shall have you in the Upper
+House soon! I wish you could manage to catch some thoughts for me on the
+Stock Exchange. Couldn't you have your machine taken down to Capel
+Court? I should very much like to know what some of the gentlemen who
+deal in South Africans are thinking just now. The market is really in
+the most abominable state. And do please bring the machine to one of my
+At Homes. It would give me intense pleasure to know what is going on in
+the minds of some of my friends. We could install it in one of the
+smaller drawing-rooms, behind a screen. No one would know, and we could
+catch thoughts all the evening--though I expect the machine would want
+disinfecting after the first half-hour. I will see that there is some
+Condy's fluid ready."
+
+She moved away chattering shrilly. Young Lord Landsend succeeded her.
+
+That nobleman showed very evident traces of living as hard as his purse
+and his doctor would let him, and his pale countenance was stamped with
+a congratulatory grin. "'Pon my soul, Sir William," he said, "this thing
+you've made is really awfully jolly, you know. Topping idea really. Hope
+you wont go fishin' round for my thoughts!"
+
+There was a general laugh at this, and some one was heard to remark that
+they didn't think that Sir William Gouldesbrough would make any very big
+hauls in that quarter!
+
+"But how splendid of you, Sir William!" said Mrs. Hoskin-Heath, a pretty
+dark-haired woman with beautiful eyes. "It is really marvellous. Now
+there will be a real meaning in the saying 'a penny for your thoughts!'
+Shall you have penny-in-the-slot machines on all the stations of the
+Twopenny Tube? So nice while one is waiting for a train. Just imagine
+how nice it will be to let your _cher ami_ know how much you like him
+without having to say any actual compromising words! You are a public
+benefactor, Sir William."
+
+Another voice broke in upon Gouldesbrough's impatient ear.
+
+"How do you do, Sir William? It is a great pleasure to meet you on such
+an occasion as this, an occasion which, if I may say so, is really
+historic! You may not remember me, but I had the privilege of meeting
+you at Brighton not long ago. My name is Charliewood, Sir Miles
+Charliewood; we met on the melancholy occasion of my poor second
+son's--er--death. You were very kind and helpful."
+
+Gouldesbrough shook hands with the old baronet. A shadow passed over his
+face as he did so, and he would have given much to have avoided the
+sight of him--not to have known at all that Sir Miles was in Portland
+Place on this night of triumph.
+
+Gouldesbrough was one of those men who had solved the chief problem of
+life. Like Napoleon, he was master of his own mind. His mind did not
+dominate him, as the minds of most of us do. He controlled it absolutely
+and never allowed thoughts of one part of his life to intrude upon those
+of another.
+
+And now, with the frightful egotism of supreme self-will, he actually
+felt aggrieved at this sudden meeting. It was, he thought, hard at this
+radiant, happy moment! He did not want to be reminded of the past or of
+the terrible and criminal secret of the present. Why should the pale
+ghost of Eustace Charliewood come to trouble him now? His partner in an
+unspeakable infamy, the tool he had used for the satisfaction of his
+devilish desires was dead. Dead, gone away, no longer in existence. That
+he, Gouldesbrough, was morally the murderer of the distracted man whom
+he had forced into crime troubled him not at all. It never had troubled
+him--he had learned to be "Lord of Himself." And now, in this moment of
+unprecedented triumph, the wraith of the dead man rose up swiftly and
+without warning to be a spectre at the feast. It was hard!
+
+But he turned to Sir Miles Charliewood and was as courteous and charming
+as ever. His marked powers of fascination did not desert him. That
+strange magnetism that was able to draw people to him, to make them his
+servants and slaves, surrounded him now like the fabled "aura" of the
+Theosophists.
+
+He bent over the pompous little man with a smile of singular sweetness.
+
+"Forget?" he said. "My dear sir, how could I forget? It is charming to
+see you again. I hadn't an idea you knew Lord Malvin or were interested
+in scientific affairs. Your congratulations are very welcome to me,
+though you have said far more than I deserve. I hope we shall meet again
+soon. I am generally at home in Regent's Park in the afternoons. It
+would have made me very happy if poor Eustace could have been with us
+to-night. He was one of my most intimate friends, as you know. And I
+may tell you that he took a great interest in the experiments which have
+now culminated so satisfactorily for me. Poor dear fellow! It is a great
+sorrow to me that he is not with us. Well, well! I suppose that these
+things are arranged for us by a Power over which we have no control, a
+Force beyond our poor power of measuring or understanding. Good-night,
+Good-night, Sir Miles. Do come and see me soon."
+
+He bowed and smiled, with Marjorie upon his arm, and then turned away
+towards the supper-room. And he left Sir Miles Charliewood--who had not
+cared twopence for his son during his lifetime--full of a pleasing
+melancholy and regret for the dead man.
+
+Such is the power of success to awake dormant emotions in flinty hearts.
+
+Such is the aroma and influence which "doth hedge a king" in any sphere
+of modern life!
+
+Sir William walked away with the beautiful girl by his side. He felt the
+light touch of her fingers upon his arm, and his blood raced and leapt
+with joy. He felt a boy again, a happy conquering boy. Yes, all was
+indeed well upon this night of nights!
+
+As they entered the supper-room and found a table, Lord Landsend saw
+them. He was with Mrs. Pat Argyle, the society actress, and his cousins
+the young Duke and Duchess of Perth.
+
+Landsend was a fast young man of no particular intellect. But he was
+kind, popular, and not without a certain personal charm. He could do
+things that more responsible and important people couldn't do.
+
+As he saw the hero of the occasion and the night come in with Marjorie
+Poole, an inspiration came to the rackety young fellow.
+
+He jumped up from his chair and began to clap loudly.
+
+There was a moment's dead silence. Everybody stopped talking, the clink
+and clatter of the meal was still.
+
+Then the little Duchess of Perth--she was Miss Mamie Q. Oildervan, of
+New York--took Landsend up. She began to clap too. As she had three
+hundred thousand a year, was young, cheeky and delightful, she was a
+leader of society at this moment.
+
+Every one followed suit. There was a full-handed thunder of applause.
+
+Lord Landsend lifted a glass of champagne high in the air.
+
+"Here's to the wizard of the day!" he shouted merrily. "Here's to the
+conqueror of thought!"
+
+There was another second of silence. During it, the Duke of Perth, a boy
+fresh from Oxford, caught the infection of the moment. He raised his
+glass also--"And to Miss Poole too!" he said.
+
+People who had spent years in London society said that they had never
+experienced anything like it. A scene of wild excitement began. Staid
+and ordinary people forgot convention and restraint. There was a high
+and jocund chorus of congratulation and applause. The painted roof of
+the supper-room rang with it.
+
+Society had let itself go for once, and there was a madness of
+enthusiasm in the air.
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough stood there smiling. He entered into the
+spirit of the whole thing and bowed to the ovation, laughing with
+pleasure, radiant with boyish enjoyment.
+
+He felt Marjorie's hand upon his arm quiver with excitement, and he felt
+that she was his at last!
+
+She stood by his side, her face a deep crimson, and it was as though
+they were a king and queen returning home to the seat and city of their
+rule.
+
+It was so public an avowal, chance had been so kind, fortune so
+opportune, that Sir William knew that Marjorie would never retrace her
+steps now. It was an announcement of betrothal for all the world to see!
+It was just that.
+
+Lady Poole, who was supping with Sir Michael Leeds, the great
+millionaire who was the prop and mainstay of the English Church, pressed
+a lace handkerchief to her eyes.
+
+The bewildering enthusiasm of the moment caught her too. She rose from
+her seat--only a yard or two away from the triumphant pair--and went up
+to them with an impulsive gesture.
+
+"God bless you, my dears!" she said in a broken voice.
+
+Marjorie bowed her head. She drooped like a lovely flower. Fate, it
+seemed to her, had taken everything out of her hands. She was the
+creature of the moment, the toy of a wild and exhilarating environment.
+
+She gave one quick, shy glance at Sir William.
+
+He read in it the fulfilment of all his hopes.
+
+Then old Lord Malvin came down the room, ancient, stately and bland.
+
+"My dears," he said simply, "this must be a very happy night for you."
+
+Sir William turned to the girl suddenly. His voice was confident and
+strong.
+
+"My dear Marjorie," he said, "how kind they all are to us!"
+
+A little group of four people sat down to the table beneath the
+crimson-shaded light.
+
+Lord Malvin, the most famous scientist and most courtly gentleman of his
+time. Sir William Gouldesbrough, the hero of this famous
+party--to-morrow, when Donald Megbie had done his work, to be the hero
+of the civilized world.
+
+Lady Poole. Sweet Marjorie Poole, in the grip of circumstances that were
+beyond her thinking.
+
+And no one of the four--not even Sir William Gouldesbrough, F.R.S.--gave
+a thought to the man in the living tomb--to Guy Rathbone who was, even
+at that moment, tied up in india-rubber and aluminium bonds for the
+amusement of Mr. Guest, the pink, hairless man of Regent's Park. Mr.
+Guest was drunk of whisky, and sat happy, mocking his prisoner far down
+in the cellars of Sir William's house.
+
+Other folk were drunk of success and applause in Portland Place.
+
+But Donald Megbie was awake in the Inner Temple, and his thoughts were
+curious and strange.
+
+Donald Megbie had left the party too early in the evening. He was drunk
+of nothing at all!
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+STRANGE OCCURRENCE IN THE TEMPLE
+
+
+Like most writers, Donald Megbie was of a nervous and sensitive
+temperament. Both mental and physical impressions recorded themselves
+very rapidly and completely upon his consciousness.
+
+He arrived at the Inner Temple with every nerve in a state of
+excitement, such as he had hardly ever known before.
+
+He walked down the dim echoing ways towards the river, his chambers
+being situated in the new buildings upon the embankment.
+
+A full moon hung in the sky, brilliant and honey-coloured, attended by
+little drifts of amber and sulphur-tinted clouds.
+
+But the journalist saw nothing of the night's splendour. He almost
+stumbled up the stairs to the first floor.
+
+A lamp was burning over the door of his rooms, and his name was painted
+in white letters upon the oak. He went in and turned on the electric
+light. Then, for a moment, he stood still in the hall, a
+richly-furnished place surrounded on all sides by doors painted white.
+His feet made no sound upon the thick Persian carpet, and the whole flat
+was perfectly still.
+
+He felt uneasy, curiously so, as if some calamity was impending. The
+exhilaration of his stirring talk with Sir William Gouldesbrough--so
+recent, so profoundly moving--had now quite departed. His whole
+consciousness was concentrated upon a little box of metal in the pocket
+of his overcoat. It seemed alive, he was acutely conscious of its
+presence, though his fingers were not touching it.
+
+"By Jove!" he said to himself aloud, "the thing's like an electric
+battery. It seems as if actual currents radiated from it." His own voice
+sounded odd and unnatural in his ears, and as he hung up his coat and
+went into the study with the cigarette-case in his hand, he found
+himself wishing that he had not given his man a holiday--he had allowed
+him to go to Windsor to spend a night at his mother's house.
+
+A bright fire glowed in the grate of red brick. It shone upon the
+book-lined walls, playing cheerily upon the crimson, green and gold of
+the bindings, and turned the great silver inkstand upon the
+writing-table into a thing of flame.
+
+Everything was cheerful and just as usual.
+
+Megbie put the box down on the table and sank into a huge leather
+arm-chair with a sigh of relief and pleasure.
+
+It was good to be back in his own place again, the curtains drawn, the
+lamps glowing, the world shut out. He was happier here than anywhere
+else, after all! It was here in this beautiful room, with its books and
+pictures, its cultured comfort, that the real events of his life took
+place, those splendid hours of solitude, when he set down the vivid
+experiences of his crowded life with all the skill and power God had
+given him, and he himself had cultivated so manfully and well.
+
+Now for it! Tired as his mind was, there lay a time of deep thinking
+before it. There was the article for to-morrow to group and arrange. It
+was probably the most important piece of work he had ever been called
+upon to do. It would startle the world, and it behoved him to put forth
+all his energies.
+
+Yet there was something else. He must consider the problem of the
+cigarette-case first. It was immediate and disturbing.
+
+How had this thing come into Sir William's possession? What
+communication had Gouldesbrough had with Guy Rathbone? That they were
+rivals for the hand of Miss Poole Megbie knew quite well. Every one knew
+it. It was most unlikely that the two men could have been friends or
+even acquaintances. Indeed Megbie was almost certain that Rathbone did
+not know Sir William.
+
+Was that little shining toy on the table a message from the past? Or was
+it rather instinct with a present meaning?
+
+He took it up again and looked at it curiously.
+
+Immediately that he did so, the sense of agitation and unrest returned
+to him with tremendous force.
+
+Megbie was not a superstitious man. But now-a-days we all know so much
+more about the non-material things of life that only the most ignorant
+people call a man with a belief in the supernatural, superstitious.
+
+Like many another highly educated man of our time, Megbie knew that
+there are strange and little-understood forces all round us. When an
+ex-Prime Minister is a keen investigator into the psychic, when the
+principal of Birmingham University, a leading scientist, writes
+constantly in dispute of the mere material aspect of life--the cultured
+world follows suit.
+
+Megbie held the cigarette-case in his hand. All the electric lights
+burned steadily. The door was closed and there was not a sound in the
+flat.
+
+Then, with absolute suddenness, Megbie saw that a man was standing in
+front of him, at the other side of the fireplace, not three yards away.
+He was a tall man, clean-shaven, with light close-cropped hair and a
+rather large face. The eyes were light blue in colour and surrounded by
+minute puckers and wrinkles. The nose was aquiline, the mouth clean-cut
+and rather full. The man was dressed in a dark blue overcoat, and the
+collar and cuffs of the coat were heavily trimmed with astrachan fur.
+
+The room was absolutely still.
+
+Something like a grey mist or curtain descended over Megbie's eyes. It
+rolled up, like a curtain, and Megbie saw the man with absolute
+clearness and certainty. He could almost have put out his hand and
+touched him.
+
+Measured by the mere material standard of time, these events did not
+take more than a second, perhaps only a part of a second.
+
+Then the writer became aware that the room was filled with
+sound--sudden, loud and menacing. It was a sound as of sudden drums at
+midnight, such a sound as the gay dances in Brussels heard on the eve of
+Waterloo, when the Assembly sounded in the great square, and the whole
+city awoke.
+
+In another moment, Megbie knew what the sound in his ears really was.
+His own heart and pulses were racing and beating like the sudden
+_traillerie_ of drums.
+
+In a flash he recognized the face and form of his visitor--this outward
+form and semblance of a man which had sprung up and grown concrete in
+the night! The phantom--if indeed it was a phantom--wore the dress and
+aspect of Eustace Charliewood, the well-known man about town who had
+killed himself at Brighton a few years ago!
+
+Megbie had never spoken to Charliewood--so far as he could remember--but
+he knew him perfectly well by sight, as every one in the West End of
+London had known him, and he was a member of one of the clubs to which
+the dead man had belonged.
+
+The Thing that stood there, the Thing or Person which had sprung out of
+the air, wore the earthly semblance of Eustace Charliewood.
+
+Megbie shouted out loud. A great cry burst from his lips, a cry of
+surprise and fear, a challenge of that almost dreadful _curiosity_ that
+men experience now and then when they are in the presence of the
+inexplicable, the terrible and the unknown.
+
+Then Megbie saw that the face of the Apparition was horribly contorted.
+
+The mouth was opening and shutting rapidly in an agony of appeal. It
+seemed as though a torrent of words must be pouring from it, though
+there was not a sound of human speech in the large warm room.
+
+Great tears rolled down the large pale cheeks, the brow was wrinkled
+with pain. The hands gesticulated and pointed, flickering rapidly hither
+and thither without sound. And continually, over and over again, the
+hands pointed to the gleaming silver case for cigarettes which Donald
+Megbie clasped tightly in his right hand.
+
+The silent agitated Thing, so close--ah, so close! was trying to tell
+Donald something.
+
+It was trying to say something about the cigarette-case, it was trying
+to tell Megbie something about Guy Rathbone.
+
+And what? What was this fearful message that the agonized Thing was so
+eager and so horribly impotent to deliver?
+
+Megbie's voice came to him. It sounded thin and muffled, just like the
+voice of a mechanical toy.
+
+What is it? What is it? What are you trying to say to me about poor Guy
+Rathbone?
+
+And then, as if it had seen that Megbie was trying to speak to it, but
+it could not hear his words, the figure of Eustace Charliewood wrung its
+hands, with a gesture which was inexpressibly dreadful, unutterably
+painful to see.
+
+Megbie started up. He stepped forward. "Oh, don't, don't!" he said. As
+he spoke he dropped the cigarette-case, which, up to the present he had
+clutched in a hot wet hand. It fell with a clatter against the
+fender--that at any rate was a real noise!
+
+In a moment the mopping, mourning, weeping phantom was gone.
+
+The room was exactly as it had been before, still, warm,
+brilliantly-lit. And Donald Megbie stood upon the hearth-rug dazed and
+motionless, while a huge and icy hand seemed to creep round his heart
+and clutch it with lean, cold fingers.
+
+Donald Megbie stood perfectly motionless for nearly a minute.
+
+Then he knelt down and prayed fervently for help and guidance. At
+moments such as this men pray.
+
+Much comforted and refreshed he rose from his knees, and went to one of
+the windows that looked out over the Thames.
+
+He pulled aside the heavy green curtain, and saw that a clear colourless
+light immediately began to flow and flood into the room.
+
+It was not yet dawn, but that mysterious hour which immediately presages
+the dawn had come.
+
+The river was like a livid streak of pewter, the leafless plane-trees of
+the embankment seemed like delicate tracery of iron in the faint
+half-light. London was sleeping still.
+
+The writer felt very calm and quiet as he turned away from the window
+and moved towards his bedroom.
+
+The fire was nearly dead, but he saw the silver cigarette-case upon the
+rug and picked it up. He went to bed with the case under his pillow, and
+this is what he dreamed--
+
+He saw Guy Rathbone in a position of extreme peril and danger. The
+circumstances were not defined, what the actual peril might be was not
+revealed. But Megbie knew that Rathbone was communicating with his brain
+while he slept. Rathbone was living somewhere. He was captive in the
+hands of enemies, he was trying to "get through" to the brain of some
+one who could help him.
+
+The journalist only slept for a few short hours. He rose refreshed in
+body and with an unalterable conviction in his mind. The events of the
+last night were real. No chance or illusion had sent the vision and the
+dream, and the innocent-looking cigarette-case that lay upon the table,
+and which had come into his hands so strangely, was the pivot upon which
+strange events had turned.
+
+The little silver thing was surrounded by as black and impenetrable a
+mystery as ever a man had trodden into unawares.
+
+And in the broad daylight, when all that was fantastic and unreal was
+banished from thought, Megbie knew quite well towards whom his thoughts
+tended, on what remarkable and inscrutable personality his dreadful
+suspicions had begun to focus themselves.
+
+He sat down and wrote his article till lunch-time. It was the best thing
+he had ever done, he felt, as he gathered the loose sheets together, and
+thrust a paper-clip through the corners.
+
+He rose and was about to ring for his man--who had returned at
+breakfast-time--when the door opened and the man himself came in.
+
+"Miss Marjorie Poole would like to see you, sir, if you are disengaged,"
+he said.
+
+Donald Megbie's face grew quite white with surprise.
+
+Once more he felt the mysterious quickenings of the night before.
+
+"Ask Miss Poole to come in," he said.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+MARJORIE AND DONALD MEGBIE
+
+
+The valet showed Marjorie Poole into Donald Megbie's study.
+
+She wore a coat and skirt of dark green Harris Tweed with leather collar
+and cuffs, and a simple sailor hat.
+
+Megbie, who had never met Miss Poole in the country, but only knew her
+in London and during the season, had never seen her dressed like this
+before. He had always admired her beauty, the admirable poise of her
+manner, the evidences of intellectuality she gave.
+
+At the moment of her entry the journalist thought her more beautiful
+than ever, dressed as if for covert-side or purple-painted moor. And his
+quick brain realized in a moment that she was dressed thus in an
+unconscious attempt to escape observation, to be incognito, as it were.
+
+But why had she come to see him? She was in trouble, her face showed
+that--it was extraordinary, altogether unprecedented.
+
+Megbie showed nothing of the thoughts which were animating him, either
+in his face or manner. He shook hands as if he had just met Miss Poole
+in Bond Street.
+
+"Do sit down," he said, "I think you'll find that chair a comfortable
+one."
+
+Marjorie sat down. "Of course, Mr. Megbie," she said, "you will think it
+very strange that I should come here alone; when I tell you why, you
+will think it stranger still. And I don't want any one to know that I
+have been here. I shall tell mother, of course, when I get back."
+
+Megbie bowed and said nothing. It was the most tactful thing to do.
+
+"I feel you will not misunderstand my motives," the girl went on, "when
+I explain myself. In certain cases, and among certain persons,
+conventions are bourgeois. We don't know each other very well, Mr.
+Megbie, though we have sometimes had some interesting talks together.
+But in a sense I know you better than you know me. You see, I have read
+your books and other writings. In common with the rest of the world I
+can gather something of your temper of mind, and of your outlook upon
+life."
+
+Megbie once more inclined his head. He wondered furiously what all this
+might mean. At the moment he was absolutely in the dark. He stretched
+out his hand towards a tin of cigarettes that stood on a bracket by the
+side of the fireplace, and then withdrew it suddenly, remembering who
+was present.
+
+"Oh, do smoke," she said, instantly interpreting the movement. "Now let
+me just tell you exactly why I am here, why I _had_ to come here. Of all
+the men I know, you are the most likely to understand. You have made a
+study of psychical affairs, of what the man in the street calls
+'spooks'--you know about dreams."
+
+At that Megbie started forward, every muscle in his body becoming rigid
+and tense, his hands gripping the knobs of his chair arms.
+
+"Of course!" he said, in a voice that rippled with excitement. "Go on,
+please. I might have known your coming here this morning is all part of
+the wonderful and uncanny experiences I had last night. You've come
+about Guy Rathbone!"
+
+It was the girl's turn to start. Fear came creeping into eyes which were
+not wont to show fear, the proud mouth grew tremulous.
+
+Marjorie stretched out her hands--little hands in tan-coloured gloves.
+"Ah!" she cried, in a voice that had become shrill and full of pain,
+"then it is true! Things have happened to you too! Mr. Megbie, you and I
+have become entangled in some dark and dreadful thing. I dare not think
+what it may be. _But Guy is not dead._"
+
+Megbie answered her in the same words.
+
+"No," he said, "Guy Rathbone is not dead." His voice had sunk several
+tones. It tolled like a bell.
+
+"Miss Poole," he went on, "tell me, tell me at once what happened to you
+last night."
+
+With a great effort of control, Marjorie began her story.
+
+"It was very late when we got home last night after the party," she
+said. "I was in a curious state of nerves and excitement. I must touch
+upon a personal matter--this is no time for reticence or false shame. I
+had been with William Gouldesbrough. You know that we were at one time
+engaged--oh, this is horribly difficult for me to say, Mr. Megbie."
+
+"Go on, Miss Poole. I know, I know. But what does it matter in such a
+time as this?"
+
+"Nothing at all," she answered in a resolute voice. "I was engaged to
+Sir William when I found out that my affection was going elsewhere--Guy,
+Mr. Rathbone----"
+
+"You needn't go into the past, Miss Poole," Donald broke in, "tell me
+about last night."
+
+"I was with Sir William at supper-time. There was a remarkable scene. It
+was a sort of triumph for him, and I was with him, every one included me
+in it. It was, obviously, generally assumed that we had become engaged
+once more. On the way home, Sir William again asked me to be his wife. I
+told him that I could not give him an answer then. I said that I would
+tell him to-night. He is coming to Curzon Street to-night."
+
+"I beg you, I implore you to wait."
+
+Megbie's words were so grave, he seemed so terribly in earnest, that the
+girl shrank from them, as one would shrink from blows.
+
+The same thought began to lurk in the eyes of the woman and the man, the
+same incredible and yet frightful thought.
+
+Marjorie's cheeks were almost grey in colour. To Megbie, as he watched
+her, she seemed to have grown older suddenly. The lustre seemed to him
+to have gone out of her hair.
+
+"I reached home," she said. "Mother made me take a cup of beef-tea, and
+I went to my room. I was preparing for bed, indeed I was brushing my
+hair before the mirror, when a curious sense of disturbance and almost
+of fear came over me. I felt as if there was another presence in the
+room. Now my looking-glass is a very large one indeed. It commands the
+whole of the room. The whole of the room is reflected in it without any
+part left out, except of course which I could see where I sat. When this
+strange feeling of another presence came over me, I thought it was
+merely reaction after a terribly exciting night. I looked into the
+glass and saw that the room was absolutely empty. Still the sensation
+grew. It became so strong at last that I turned round. And there, Mr.
+Megbie, I tell you in the utmost bewilderment, but with extreme
+certainty, there, though the mirror showed nothing at all, a figure was
+standing, the figure of a man. It was not three feet away."
+
+Megbie broke in upon her narrative.
+
+"The figure," he said in a hushed voice, "was the figure of Mr. Eustace
+Charliewood, who shot himself at Brighton some little time ago."
+
+She cried out aloud, "Yes! But how did you know?"
+
+"He came to me also, last night. He came to me out of the other world,
+which is all round us, but which we cannot see. He was trying to tell me
+something about Guy Rathbone."
+
+Marjorie Poole began to sob quietly.
+
+"I knew it," she answered. "Mr. Charliewood in another state sees more
+than we see, he knows where Guy is. Oh, my love, my love!"
+
+Megbie went up to her. He had some sal-volatile in his dressing-case,
+and he made her take it.
+
+"Be brave," he said; "you have more to tell me yet, as I have more to
+tell you. Guy is alive, we are certain of that. But he is in some one's
+power. The spirit of this man, Eustace Charliewood, knows where he is.
+He is trying to tell us. He is trying to make amends for something. He
+must have had something to do with Guy's disappearance."
+
+"Mr. Charliewood," Marjorie said in a whisper, "was William
+Gouldesbrough's intimate friend. He was always about the house. When Guy
+Rathbone disappeared, Eustace Charliewood killed himself. William was at
+Brighton at the time. He was trying to help me and my mother to find
+Guy."
+
+"Go on with your story, if you can," Megbie said. "One more effort!"
+
+"I knew that the figure was trying to tell me about Guy. Something told
+me that with absolute certainty. But it couldn't tell me. It began to
+weep and wring its hands. Oh, it was pitiful! Then suddenly, it seemed
+to realize that it was no use. It stood upright and rigid, and fixed its
+eyes upon me. Mr. Megbie, such mournful eyes, eyes so full of sorrow and
+terrible remorse, were never in a human face. As those eyes stared down
+at me, a deep drowsiness began to creep over me. Sleep came flooding
+over me with a force and power such as I had never known before. It was
+impossible to withstand it. People who have taken some drug must feel
+like that. Just as I was, in the chair in front of the dressing-table,
+I sank into sleep."
+
+"And your dream?" Megbie said quietly.
+
+She started. "Ah, you know," she said. "The spirit of Eustace
+Charliewood could not tell me while I was conscious. But in sleep he
+could influence my brain in some other mysterious way. I dreamed that
+Guy was in a sort of cell. By some means or other I knew that it was
+underground. A man was there, a man whom I have met, a man--a horrible
+creature--who is a fellow-worker of Sir William Gouldesbrough. The man
+was doing something to Guy. I couldn't see what it was. Then the picture
+faded away. I seemed to be moving rapidly in a cold empty place where
+there was no wind or air, sound, or, or--I can't describe it. It was a
+sort of 'between place.'"
+
+"And then?"
+
+"Then I saw you standing by the side of William Gouldesbrough. It was at
+the party--Lord Malvin's party, which we had just left. I saw this as if
+from a vast distance. It was a tiny, tiny picture, just as one could see
+something going on under a microscope. William was talking to some one
+whom I couldn't see. But I knew it was myself, that I was looking at the
+exact scene which had happened at the party, when you were going away
+with William, and he had stopped on the way to ask me to go into supper
+with him. And, strangely enough, in another part of my mind, the
+sub-conscious part I suppose, I knew that I was looking at an event of
+the past, and that this was the reason why it seemed so tiny and
+far-off. The picture went away in a flash--just like an eye winking.
+You've been to one of those biograph shows and seen how suddenly the
+picture upon the screen goes?--well, it was just like that. Then a voice
+was speaking--a very thin and very distant voice. If one could telephone
+to the moon, one would hear the voice at the other end just like that, I
+should think. And though the voice was so tiny, it was quite distinct,
+and it had a note of terrible entreaty. 'Go to Donald Megbie,' it said.
+'Go at once to Donald Megbie, the writer. He will help. There is still
+time. Go to Donald Megbie. I have been able to communicate with him. He
+has the silver--Guy----' And then, Mr. Megbie, the voice stopped
+suddenly. Those were the exact words. What they meant, I did not know.
+But when I awoke they remained ringing in my ears like the echo of a
+bell heard over a wide expanse of country. In the morning I resolved to
+come to you. I didn't know where you lived, but I looked you up in
+'Who's Who.' And as soon as I could get away without any one knowing, I
+came here."
+
+Donald Megbie rose from his chair. He realized at once that it was
+necessary to keep the same high tension of this interview. If that were
+lost everything would go.
+
+"I know what the poor troubled spirit--if it is a spirit--of the man,
+Charliewood, meant by his last words. There is a thing called
+psychometry, Miss Poole. In brief, it means that any article which
+belongs, or has belonged, to any one, somehow retains a part of their
+personality. It may well be that the mysterious thought-vibrations which
+Sir William Gouldesbrough has discovered can linger about an actual and
+material object. Last night, when Sir William left me to take you in to
+supper at Lord Malvin's, he left his cigarette-case behind him in the
+conservatory where we had been sitting. I didn't want to bother him
+then, so I put it in my pocket, intending to send it to him to-day; here
+it is. It belonged to Guy Rathbone. I found it in Sir William's
+possession, and I believe that it has been the means--owing, to some law
+or force which we do not yet understand--of bringing us together this
+morning." He handed her the cigarette-case.
+
+Neither of them could know that this was the case which Eustace
+Charliewood had found in the pocket of Rathbone's fur coat, when he had
+taken it from the Bond Street coiffeur in mistake.
+
+Neither of them could see how it had been restored by Charliewood to
+Rathbone, and had been appropriated by Mr. Guest, when the captive had
+been taken to his silent place below the old house in Regent's Park.
+
+And even Sir William Gouldesbrough did not know that he had seen the
+thing in his study, just as he was starting for Lord Malvin's house, and
+had absently slipped it into his pocket, thinking it was his own.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+PLANS
+
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough stood in the large laboratory. The great room
+was perfectly dark, save only for a huge circle of bright light upon one
+of the walls, like the circle thrown upon a screen by a magic-lantern.
+
+A succession of dim and formless figures moved and slid over the
+illuminated space in fantastic silence. Now and then the face of part of
+the dress of one of the figures would suddenly glow out into colour and
+absolute distinctness. Then it would fade away into mist.
+
+There was a "click," and the circle of light vanished, another, and the
+vast laboratory glowed out into being as Sir William turned on a hundred
+electric bulbs.
+
+Mr. Guest was sitting upon a long, low table swinging his legs. His
+great pink face was blotched and stained by excess, and his hand shook
+like an aspen leaf.
+
+He jerked his head towards the opposite wall upon which the huge screen
+was stretched--an enormous expanse of white material stretched upon
+rollers of hollow steel.
+
+"Rathbone's getting about done," he said. "I give him another month
+before his brain goes or he pegs out altogether. Look at those results
+just now! All foggy and uncertain. He's losing the power of
+concentrating his thoughts. Continuous thinking is getting beyond him."
+
+Sir William was sitting in an arm-chair. By the side of it was a
+circular table with a vulcanite top, covered with switch-handles and
+controlling mechanism. His long thin finger played with a little brass
+button, and his face was set in lines of deep and gloomy thought. His
+eyes were fixed and brooding, and sombreness seemed to surround him like
+an atmosphere. He showed no signs of having heard his assistant for a
+moment or two. Then he turned his face suddenly towards him.
+
+"My friend," he said, "you yourself will not last another month if you
+go on as you are going. That is quite certain. You ought to know it as
+well as I do. Another attack of delirium and nothing can save you."
+
+Mr. Guest smiled horribly. "Very possibly, William," he said, "I have
+thought that it may be so myself. But why should I care? I'm not like
+you. I have no human interests. Nothing matters to me except my work."
+
+"And if you die in delirium tremens you won't be able to go on with your
+work."
+
+"My dear William, there is nothing left for me to do. In this new
+discovery of ours, yours has been the master-mind. I quite admit that.
+But you could not have done without me. I know, as you know, that there
+is no one else in Europe except myself who could have helped you to
+bring the toil of years to such a glorious conclusion. Well, there is
+the end of it. I am nearly fifty years old. There is no time to start
+again, to begin on something new. Life will not be long enough. I have
+used up all my powers in the long-continued thought-spectrum
+experiments. I have no more energy for new things. I rest upon my
+laurels, content that I have done what I have, and content from the
+purely scientific point of view. I've fulfilled my destiny. My mind is
+not like the minds of other men I meet. It is not quite human. It's a
+purely scientific mind, a piece of experimental apparatus which has now
+done its work."
+
+He laughed, a laugh which was so mirthless and cold that even
+Gouldesbrough shuddered at the soulless, melancholy sound. Then he got
+down from the table and shambled over the floor of the laboratory
+towards a cupboard. He took a bottle of whisky from a shelf, half filled
+a tumbler with the spirit, and lifted it towards his chief in bitter
+mockery.
+
+"Here's luck, William," he said, "luck to the great man, the pet of
+Europe, the saviour of the race! You see I have been reading Mr. Donald
+Megbie's articles in the papers." He drank the whisky and poured some
+more into the glass. "Yet, William, most fortunate of living men! you
+seem unhappy. 'The Tetrarch has a sombre air,' as the play says. What a
+pity it is that you are not like me, without any human affections to
+trouble me! I don't want to pry into your private affairs--I never did,
+did I?--but I presume something has gone wrong with your matrimonial
+affairs again? I'm right, am I not? Can't Miss Marjorie make up her
+mind? Tell me if you like. I can't give you any sympathy, but I can give
+you advice."
+
+Gouldesbrough flushed and moved impatiently in his chair. Then he began
+to speak.
+
+"If what you say is true, Guest, then you must be a happy man. Your life
+is complete, you have got what you wanted, you have done what you wanted
+to do. And if you choose to kill yourself with amyl alcohol, I suppose
+that's your affair. What you say is quite right. I am terribly worried
+and alarmed about the success of _my_ great desire, the one wish
+remaining to me. I don't expect or want sympathy from you, but your
+advice is worth having, and you shall give it to me if you will."
+
+Wilson Guest nodded. "Tell me what is worrying you," he said.
+
+"You know that I have had great hopes of obtaining Miss Poole's consent
+to our re-engagement. Everything has been going on well. Miss Poole
+believes--or did believe--that the man Rathbone is dead. I used your
+suggestion and hinted at a vulgar intrigue. At Brighton, when
+Charliewood shot himself, I was constantly with Miss Poole and her
+mother. My pretended efforts to solve the mystery of Rathbone's
+disappearance told. I saw that I was winning back all the ground I had
+lost. I had great hopes. These seemed to culminate the other night at
+Lord Malvin's reception. Miss Poole promised to receive me the next day
+and give me a definite answer. I knew what that meant; it meant yes. I
+was prepared to stake everything upon it. When I called at Curzon Street
+in the evening I was told that she was unwell, and could not see me. The
+next day I succeeded in seeing her. I was taken aback. There was a
+distinct change in her manner. The old intimacy and freedom which I had
+been able to re-establish had gone. There was almost a shrinking in her
+attitude--she seemed afraid of me."
+
+"Well, that is easily accounted for. You have done something hitherto
+beyond human power. Naturally she regards you as a person apart--some
+one who can work miracles. But what did she say?"
+
+"It wasn't that sort of shrinking, Guest. I know Miss Poole well. I
+understand the real strength and brilliancy of her mind. She is not a
+foolish, ordinary girl to be frightened as you suggest. I told her that
+I had come for my answer. I think I spoke well. My heart was in what I
+said, and I urged my cause as powerfully as I could. Miss Poole
+absolutely refused to give me any answer at all."
+
+"Well, that is no very terrible thing, William. I know little of women,
+but one is told that is their way. She will not yield at once, that is
+all."
+
+"I wish I could think so, Guest. It did not strike me in that way at
+all. And she said a curious thing also. She said that I might re-open
+the question after the public demonstration. She wouldn't pledge herself
+to give an answer even then. But she said that I must say nothing more
+to her on the subject until after the demonstration."
+
+Wilson Guest laughed.
+
+"What a powerful drug this love is!" he said. "It's as unexpected in its
+action as ether! My dear William, you are worrying yourself about
+nothing. I'm sure of it. Remember that you can't look at the thing with
+an unprejudiced eye. It's all quite clear to me. Miss Poole simply wants
+to wait until she has seen your triumph with her own eyes. That is all,
+believe me. You are in too much of a hurry. How curious that is! It is
+the strangest thing in the world to find _you_--you of all men--in a
+hurry. It is only by monumental and marvellous patience that you have
+succeeded in discovering a law, and applying that law with my help,
+which makes you the greatest man of science the world has ever known.
+And yet you leap at the fence of a girl's hesitation and reserve as if
+everything depended on breaking a record for the jump!"
+
+Gouldesbrough smiled faintly and shook his head. He was not convinced,
+but it was plain that he was comforted by what Guest had said.
+
+His smile was melancholy and gently sad; and in the electric radiance of
+the huge mysterious room he seemed like some eager and kindly priest or
+minister who bewailed the sins of his flock, but with a humorous and
+human understanding of mortal frailty.
+
+And there he stood, the greatest genius of modern times, and also one of
+the most cruel and criminal of living men. Yet so strange and tortuous
+is the human soul, so enslaved can conscience be by the abnormal mind,
+that he thought of himself as nothing but a devoted lover.
+
+His passion and desire for this girl were horrible in their egotism and
+their intensity alike. But the man with the marvellous brain thought
+that the one thing which set him apart from the herd and redeemed him
+for his crime was his love for Marjorie Poole. He really, honestly and
+truly, believed that!
+
+It was not without reason that Donald Megbie had seen the blaze of
+insanity in Sir William's eyes. A supreme genius is very seldom sane.
+Professor Lombroso has said so, Max Nordau agitated scientific Europe by
+saying it a few years ago.
+
+Yet some one more important said it many years before--
+
+ "Great wits are sure to madness near allied,
+ And thin partitions do their bounds divide."
+
+"So the matter rests there?" Guest asked.
+
+"Yes," Sir William answered; "but I have altered the day of the
+demonstration. There is no need to wait after all! Everything is
+prepared. I have sent out cards for Friday next, three days from now."
+
+Guest poured out some more of the spirit. He laughed rather
+contemptuously.
+
+"Can't wait, then!" he said. "I'm glad I'm free from these
+entanglements, William. Of course it doesn't matter when the people come
+to see the thing at work. As you say, everything is quite ready. But
+there is another thing to be considered. What about Rathbone? He's no
+more use to us now, and he must be got rid of. Shall I go down-stairs
+and kill him?"
+
+He said it with the indifference with which he might have proposed to
+wash his hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+A DEATH-WARRANT IS PRESENTED TO A PRISONER
+
+
+When Wilson Guest spoke of the final extinction of the wretched subject
+of their experiments, Sir William Gouldesbrough did not answer. He began
+to pace the long room, his head was sunk upon his breast, and his face
+was like the face of Minos, inscrutable and deadly calm.
+
+Suddenly the whistle of a speaking tube sounded in the wall. All the
+laboratories and experimental rooms were thus connected with the house
+proper. None of the servants were allowed to pass the connecting door,
+unless by special leave.
+
+Guest went to the speaking-tube and placed it against his ear--an ear
+that was pointed like a goat's ear.
+
+Then he looked at the tall figure which was pacing the laboratory.
+"William," he called out with an impish giggle, "a lady has called to
+see you. A lady from Curzon Street!"
+
+Gouldesbrough stopped short in his walk and raised his head. His face
+suddenly became a mask of eager attention and alertness.
+
+Guest tittered with amusement at the effect which his words had
+produced. "Don't be agitated," he said, "and don't look like Henry
+Irving when he played Romeo. It isn't the young lady. It's the old one.
+It's Lady Poole. The butler has shown her into the study, and she's
+waiting to know if you can see her."
+
+Gouldesbrough did not reply, but left the laboratory at once. Guest
+could hear his hurried footsteps echoing along the corridor. Then the
+pink-faced man turned to the whisky bottle again. He poured out a
+four-finger peg and sat down in the arm-chair which stood by the
+vulcanite table which controlled the vast and complicated apparatus of
+the thought spectrum. He sipped the whisky and looked at his watch.
+"Rathbone's had the cap on for an hour," he said. "Well, he can go on
+wearing it for a bit. If William agrees when he comes back it will be
+the last time Rathbone will have the pleasure of helping in our
+experiments. I may as well take a peep at his thoughts now. Lord! what a
+fascinating game it is!" He turned a switch, and all the lights in the
+place went out suddenly. Then his fingers found the starting lever of
+the machines.
+
+He moved it, and immediately a low humming sound, as of a drum or fan
+revolving at immense speed was heard, far away at the other end of the
+laboratory. Then, immediately in front of where the scientist sat, the
+great white disc of light, full twelve feet in diameter, suddenly
+flashed into view.
+
+Images and pictures began to form themselves upon the screen.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+Sir William found old Lady Poole in his study, not sitting placidly in
+the most comfortable chair she could find, her usual plan wherever she
+might be, but standing upon the hearth-rug and nervously swinging a thin
+umbrella, the jewelled handle of which sparkled in the firelight.
+
+"Ah, William," she said at once in an agitated voice, letting him lead
+her to a chair while she was speaking. "Ah, William, I am upset about
+Marjorie. I am very upset about the girl. I thought over what was best
+to be done, and I determined that I would take the bull by the horns and
+come and talk things over with you. That is right, isn't it?"
+
+There was a little anxiety in the good lady's voice, for, however much
+she desired Sir William for a son-in-law and liked him personally, she
+was considerably afraid of him in certain of his moods.
+
+"My dear Lady Poole," he replied with one of his rare and charming
+smiles, "there is no one whom I would rather see than you. And I'm sure
+that you know that. Tell me all about it."
+
+His tone was gentle and confidential, and Lady Poole's face brightened
+at once.
+
+"Dear William!" she said. "Well, I've come to you to talk about
+Marjorie. Our interests are absolutely identical in regard to her. You
+can't want to marry my daughter more than I want to see my daughter
+married to you. Lately things have been going well between you both. I
+saw that at once; nothing escapes me where Marjorie is concerned. She
+was quite forgetting her foolish fancy for that wretched young Rathbone,
+owing to his perfectly providential disappearance or death or whatever
+it was. Then I made sure that everything had come right at Lord Malvin's
+party, and especially when I heard that you were going to call next day.
+I went out. I thought it better. And when I came home my maid told me
+that Marjorie had not seen you after all. And since then I've kept an
+eye on all that was going on, and I'm very seriously disturbed. Anything
+I say seems to have no effect. Marjorie will hardly let me mention your
+name to her; I cannot understand it at all. Her manner is changed too.
+She seems expecting something or some one. My firm conviction is that
+she has another fit of pining for young Rathbone. I told her as much
+one evening. In fact, I'm afraid I rather lost my temper. 'Guy Rathbone
+is most certainly dead,' I told her. 'I was as kind and sympathetic as I
+could be,' I said, 'when Mr. Rathbone first disappeared. I very much
+disapproved of him, but I recognized you had a certain right to choose
+your own future companion, within limits. But now you're simply making
+yourself and me miserable and ridiculous, and you're treating one of the
+best-hearted and distinguished men in England in a way which is simply
+abominable. It's heartless, it's cruel, and you will end by disgusting
+society altogether, and we shall have to go and live among the retired
+officers at Bruges or some place like that.'"
+
+Lady Poole paused for breath. She had spoken with extreme volubility and
+earnestness, and there were tears in her voice.
+
+It is a mistake to assume that because people are worldly they are
+necessarily heartless too. Lady Poole really loved her daughter, but she
+did earnestly desire to see her married to this wealthy and famous man
+who seemed to have no other desire.
+
+Sir William broke in upon the pause. "All you tell me, dear Lady Poole,"
+he said, "is very chilling and depressing to my dearest hope. But
+difficulties were made to be overcome, weren't they? and to the strong
+man there are no fears--only shadows. But what answer did Marjorie make
+when you said all this to her?"
+
+"A very strange one, William. She said, 'Guy is not dead, mother. I know
+it. I feel it. I feel certain of it. And when I feel this how can I say
+anything to Sir William!' Then I asked her if she proposed to keep you
+waiting for the rest of both your lives before she said anything
+definite. She burst into tears and said that she was very miserable, but
+that she intended to say something definite to you after the coming
+reception here when you are going to show every one your new invention."
+
+"Yes," Sir William answered. "She has promised that, but I fear what her
+answer will be. Well, we must hope for the best, Lady Poole. If I were
+you I shouldn't worry. Leave everything to me. I have everything at
+stake."
+
+"Well, I felt I must come and tell you, William," Lady Poole said. "I
+felt that it would help you to know exactly how things stand. Perhaps
+all will come well. Girls are very difficult to manage. I wanted
+Marjorie to go out a great deal in order to occupy her mind and to keep
+her from brooding over this absurd fancy that Guy Rathbone is alive. But
+she seems to shun all engagements. However, she's fortunately thought
+that she would like to try her hand at writing something, she was
+always interested in books, you know. So she's spending a good deal of
+time over it--a story I think--and Mr. Donald Megbie is helping her. He
+calls now and then and makes suggestions on what she has done. A nice,
+quiet little man he seems, and a fervent admirer of yours. I sounded him
+on that point the other day. So even this little fancy of Marjorie's for
+writing may turn out to be a help. Mr. Megbie is sure to become
+enthusiastic if your name is mentioned in any way, and it will keep the
+fact of how the world regards you well before Marjorie. Now, good-bye.
+It's a relief to have come and told you everything. I must fly, and I
+know you will want to get back to your electricity and things."
+
+Sir William went with her to the garden-gate in the wall, where her
+carriage was waiting. Then he went back to the study and took down the
+speaking-tube that communicated with the large laboratory. He asked
+Wilson Guest to come to him at once.
+
+In a few minutes the assistant shambled in. His eyes were bright with
+the liquid brightness of alcoholic poisoning; his speech was much
+clearer and more decided than it had been earlier in the day. It had
+tone and _timbre_. The crimson blotches on the face were less in
+evidence. Guest had drunk a bottle of whisky since breakfast-time, a
+quantity which would hopelessly intoxicate three ordinary men and
+probably kill one. But this enormous quantity of spirit was just
+sufficient, in the case of this man, to make him as near the normal as
+he could ever get. A bottle of whisky in the morning acted upon the
+drink-sodden tissues as a single peg might act upon an ordinary person
+who was jaded and faint.
+
+Gouldesbrough knew all the symptoms of his assistant's disease very
+well. He recognized that the moment in the day when Guest was most
+himself and was most useful had now arrived. The effects of yesterday's
+drinking were now temporarily destroyed.
+
+"I want your help, Wilson," he said, with a strange look in his eyes. "I
+want to resume the discussion we were beginning when Lady Poole called.
+You are all right now?"
+
+"Oh yes, William," the man answered without a trace of his usual giggle,
+with the former sly malice of his manner quite obliterated. "This is my
+good hour. I feel quite fit--for me--and I'm ready. About Rathbone you
+mean?"
+
+"Exactly. Lady Poole has given me to understand that her daughter is
+still pining after this person."
+
+"Call him a _thing_, William. He isn't a person any more. He is just a
+part of our machinery, nothing more. And moreover a part of our
+machinery that is getting worn out, that we don't want any more, and
+that we ought to get rid of."
+
+"You think so?"
+
+"I'm certain of it. We must not lose sight of the fact that while there
+is life in that body there is always danger for us. Not much danger, I
+admit--everything was managed too well in the first instance. But still
+there is danger, and a danger that grows."
+
+"How grows?"
+
+"Because at the present moment the newspapers of the civilized world are
+full of your name. Because the eyes of the whole world are directed
+towards this house in Regent's Park."
+
+"There is something in that, Wilson. Now my thought is that if the body
+could actually be found, then Miss Poole would know, with the rest of
+the world, that the fellow was actually dead. Could that be managed?"
+
+Guest lit a cigarette. "I suppose so," he said, thoughtfully. "But that
+would be giving up an experiment I had hoped to have had the opportunity
+of performing. Human vivisection would give us such an enormous increase
+of scientific knowledge. It is only silly sentiment that does not give
+the criminal to the surgeon. But have it your own way, William. I will
+forego the experiment. It is obvious that if the body is to be found,
+there must be no traces of anything of that sort. There would be a
+post-mortem of course."
+
+"Then what do you propose, Guest?"
+
+"Let me smoke for a moment and think."
+
+He sat silent for two or three minutes with the heavy eyelids almost
+veiling the large bistre-coloured eyes.
+
+Then he looked up. His smile was so horrible in its cunning that
+Gouldesbrough made an involuntary shrinking movement. But it was a
+movement dictated by the nerves and not by the conscious brain, for,
+dreadful as was the thing Guest was about to say, there was something in
+Sir William Gouldesbrough's mind which was more dreadful still.
+
+"The body shall be found," Guest said, "in the river, somewhere down
+Wapping way, anywhere in the densely-populated districts of the Docks.
+It shall be dressed in common clothes. When it is discovered and
+identified--I know how to arrange a certain identification--it will be
+assumed that Rathbone simply went down to the slums and lost himself.
+There have been cases known where reputable citizens have suddenly
+disappeared from their surroundings of their own free will and dropped
+into the lowest kind of life for no explainable reason. De Quincey
+mentions such a case in one of his essays."
+
+"Good. But how can it be done? We can't carry a body to Wapping in a
+brown paper parcel."
+
+"Of course not. But has it not occurred to you that we are close to the
+Regent's Canal? I haven't worked out details. They will shape themselves
+later on. But there are plenty of barges always going up and down the
+canal. Certainly we can do the thing. It is only a question of money. We
+have an unlimited command of money. But, listen. Our body is alive
+still. It will be quite easy for us--with our knowledge--to treat this
+living body with certain preparations, and in such a way that when it is
+dead it will present all the appearance of having been killed by excess
+in some drug. The post-mortem will disclose it. If we keep it alive
+during a month from now, we can make it a morphia maniac to all
+appearance. We can inject anything we like into this Rathbone and make
+him a slave to some drug, whether he likes it or not!"
+
+"No, Guest. The really expert pathologist would discover it. It couldn't
+be done in a month. It might in six."
+
+"The really expert pathologist won't perform the post-mortem, William.
+There are only ten in London! Some local doctor of the police will apply
+the usual tests and discover exactly what we wish him to discover. He
+will analyze a corpse. He won't synthesize a history of the corpse. Only
+ten men in England could do that with certainty, and you and I are two
+of those ten, though it is many years ago since we gave up that sort of
+work for physics. So you see your object will be doubly served. The
+actual death will be proved, and the fellow's life be discredited while
+the apparently true reason of his disappearance will be revealed."
+
+Sir William looked steadily at his assistant. "Your brain is wonderfully
+sufficient," he said. "It is extraordinary how it withstands the ravages
+of alcohol. Really, my dear Wilson, you are a remarkable man. All you
+say is quite excellent. And, meanwhile, I have a proposal to make."
+
+He suddenly rose from his chair, and his eyes began to blaze with insane
+passion. He shook with it, his whole face was transformed. In his turn
+he became abnormal.
+
+And just as the famous man had thought of the lesser, a moment or two
+ago--had regarded him coldly and spoken of him, to him, as a mind
+diseased--so now the lesser, stimulated to spurious sanity for the
+moment, saw the light of mania in his chief's eyes.
+
+Two great forces, two great criminals, two horrid egotists, and both
+lost men! Lost far more certainly and irrevocably than the prisoned and
+dying gentleman far below in the strong room, where the electric fans
+whispered all day and night, where the fetters jingled and the heart was
+turning to salt stone!
+
+The man was changed utterly. The grave courtly ascetic vanished as a
+breath on glass vanishes. And in his stead stood a creature racked with
+evil jealousy and malice, a gaunt inhuman figure in whose eyes was the
+glitter of a bird of prey.
+
+Guest saw the swift and terrible drop into the horrible and the
+grotesque. He realized that for a brief moment he was master of the
+situation.
+
+"Tell me, William," he said. "And what is your idea?"
+
+Gouldesbrough stopped. He turned towards his questioner and shook a
+long, threatening arm at him.
+
+"Why," he said, "all this time the man Rathbone has never known why we
+are keeping him in prison. He has never seen me, but day by day you have
+descended to his cell, caught him up in the toils of the chains which he
+wears, and hoisted him on to the couch. And all this time, when you have
+fitted the cap upon his head, the man has known nothing of the reasons.
+He is in the dark, mentally, as he is so often in the dark from a
+physical point of view, when you, his jailer, see fit to turn off the
+light. But now he shall know what we are doing with him. I am going down
+to tell him that every thought which has been born in his brain has been
+noted and recorded by you and by me. I am going to tell him what we are
+going to do with his wretched body. He shall know of your proposals, how
+that we, his lords and masters, will simulate in his tissues the
+physical appearances of protracted vice. He shall know to-day how his
+body will be discovered, and how his memory will be for ever discredited
+in the eyes of the world. And I shall tell him to-day, that as he lies
+bound and in my power, wearing the helmet of brass which robs him of his
+own power of secret thought, that I am going up-stairs to watch his
+agony in pictures, and that Marjorie will be with me--that she is
+utterly under my influence--and that we shall laugh together as we see
+each thought, each agony, chasing one another over the screen. We shall
+be together, I shall tell him, my arms will be round her, her lips will
+seek mine, and for the first time in the history of the world...."
+
+He stopped for a moment. His hand went up to his throat as if the
+torrent of words were choking him. Then Guest cut in to his insane
+ecstasy.
+
+"You are a fool, William," came from the pink-faced man, in an icy
+titter. "Of course when you tell him why and how we have used him, he
+will believe it. But I don't think that he will believe in your pleasant
+fiction of you and the girl as a sort of latter-day Lacoön in one
+arm-chair, laughing together as you take your supreme revenge."
+
+Gouldesbrough strode up to Guest. He clutched him by the shoulder. "Give
+me the keys," he said, "the keys, the keys."
+
+Guest was not at all dismayed. Laughing still, he put his hand into his
+pocket and took out the pass-key of the strong-room.
+
+"There you are, William," he said; "now go down and enjoy yourself. Our
+friend is still tied down on the couch--he's been like that for several
+hours, because I've forgotten to go and loose him. I'm going to have
+some more whisky, and then I shall go to the big laboratory and switch
+on the current. If I'm not very much mistaken, our friend's brain will
+provide a series of pictures more intense and vivid, more sharply
+defined in both outline and colour, than I have ever seen before, during
+the whole course of our experiments."
+
+Gouldesbrough took the key and was out of the room in a flash. Guest
+groped for the decanter.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+His hair was quite grey now. All the gold had gone from it, just as the
+youth had passed from his face--his face which was now the colour of
+ashes, and gashed with agony.
+
+And he lay there, trussed and tied in his material fetters of
+india-rubber and aluminium. On his head the gleaming metal cap was
+clamped. He was supine and an old man. All the sap had gone from the
+fine athlete of a few weeks ago, and the splendid body that had been,
+was just a shell, a husk.
+
+But the soul looked through the eyes still, tortured but undaunted, in
+agony but not afraid.
+
+In the lower silence of that deep cellar where Guy suffered there were
+but two sounds. One was the insistent whisper of the electric fan, the
+other was the voice which came from Sir William Gouldesbrough as he bent
+over the recumbent figure--the broken, motionless figure in which,
+still, brave eyes were set like jewels.
+
+"So now you know! You know it all, you realize, dead man, all that I
+have done to you, and all that I am going to do. Down here, in this
+little room, you have thought that you were alone. You have imagined
+that whatever had happened to you, you were yet alone with the agony of
+your thoughts, and with God! But you were not! Though you never knew it
+until now, you never were! Each prayer that you thought you were
+sending up to the unknown force that rules the world, was caught by me.
+For weeks I have daily seen into your soul, and laughed at its
+irremediable pain. I have got your body, and for the first time in the
+history of the world, your mind, your soul, are mine also."
+
+The voice stopped for a moment. It had become very harsh and dry. It
+clicked and rang with a metallic sound in this torture-chamber far
+underground.
+
+And still the bright eyes watched the body of the man who was possessed,
+very calmly, very bravely.
+
+The horrid voice rose into an insane shriek.
+
+"She is up-stairs now, the girl you presumed to love, the rose of all
+the roses that you dared to come near, is sitting, laughing as she sees
+all that you are thinking now, vividly before her in pictures and in
+words. In a moment I shall be with her, and together we shall mock your
+agonies, twined in each other's arms."
+
+Perhaps a vault in the dungeons of the Inquisition or in some other
+place of horror where merciless men have watched the agonies of their
+brethren, has echoed with pure merriment. Who can say, who can tell?
+
+Such a thing may have happened, but we do not know. But to-night, at
+this very moment, from the prone figure stretched on its bed of pain,
+from the heart of a man who had just heard that he was doomed to a cruel
+death, and robbed of his very individuality, there came a bright and
+merry laugh which rang out in that awful place as the Angelus rings over
+the evening fields of France, and all the peasants bow in homage to
+their Maker.
+
+And then the voice. "I know now why I am here, and what has been done to
+me during these long, leaden hours. I am now at the point of death. But,
+with all your devilish cleverness, with all your brilliancy, you are but
+as a child. I suppose I shall not see you again, but I forgive you,
+Gouldesbrough, forgive you utterly. And it is easier for me to do this,
+because I know that you are lying. In this world she still loves me, in
+the next she is mine, as I am hers. And it is because you know this that
+you come and rant and laugh, and show yourself as the fearful madman
+that you are. Good-bye, good-night; I am happier than you as I lie here,
+because I know that, for ever and a day, Marjorie loves me and I love
+Marjorie. And it won't be any time at all before we meet."
+
+And once again the laugh that echoed from stone wall to ceiling of
+stone, was blithe and confident.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THOUGHTS OF ONE IN DURANCE
+
+
+Once more the cell was only tenanted by the victim. Sir William had
+gone, the great door had clanked and clicked, and Guy Rathbone still lay
+upon his couch of torture.
+
+The electric light still shone, as Gouldesbrough had forgotten to turn
+it off, or perhaps did not know that this was the invariable custom of
+his assistant when Rathbone was clanked and bolted down to his bed of
+vulcanite. It was the first visit that Sir William had paid to the
+living tomb to which he had consigned his rival.
+
+Rathbone had laughed indeed, and his laugh was still echoing in the
+frenzied brain of the scientist as he mounted upwards to the light of
+day. But the laugh, though it had indeed been blithe and confident, had
+been a supreme effort of will, of faith and trust, was merely the echo
+and symbol of a momentary state which the tortured body and despairing
+mind could not sustain.
+
+Rathbone could not move his head, fixed tight as it was in its collar.
+But two great tears rolled from the weakened and trembling eyelids down
+the gaunt, grey cheeks. The supreme ecstasy of belief and trust in the
+girl he loved, the hope of meeting her again in another world where time
+was not and where the period of waiting would be unfelt, passed away
+like a thing that falls through water. Once more a frightful emptiness
+and fear came down over him like a cloud falls.
+
+From where his couch was placed, though he could not turn his head, he
+could see nearly the whole interior of his cell. There were the concrete
+walls, each cranny and depression of which he knew so well. There was
+the other, and scarcely less painful, bed upon which he slept, or tried
+to sleep at such times when exhausted nature mercifully banished the
+pain of his soul. It was not day when he slept, it was not night, for
+day and night are things of the world, the world with which he was never
+to have any more to do, and which he should never see again with
+material eyes.
+
+There was the little table upon which was the last book they had let him
+have, a book brought to him in bitter mockery by Wilson Guest a child's
+picture book called "Reading without Tears." And he could see the
+network of ropes and india-rubber attachments which went up to the
+pulley in the roof, and which rendered him absolutely helpless by means
+of the mechanism outside the cell which was set in motion before his
+jailor entered.
+
+There was hardly any need for these ingenious instruments any longer.
+The athlete was gaunt and wasted, his skin hung upon him in grey folds.
+The gold had faded out of his hair and it was nearly white. The firm and
+manly curve of the lips was broken and twisted. The whole mouth was
+puckered with pain and torture. It was almost a senile mouth now. Very
+little physical strength remained in the body--no, there was hardly any
+need for the pulley and ropes now, and soon there would be no need for
+them at all, until, perhaps, some other unhappy captive languished in
+the grip of these monsters.
+
+His tired eyes gazed round the cell, and his thoughts were for a moment
+numbed into nothingness. There was just a piece of lead at the back of
+his brain, that was all. He was conscious of it being there, drowsily
+conscious, but no more than that.
+
+Quite suddenly something seemed to start his mental lethargy, his brain
+resumed its functions instantaneously. There was a roaring in his ears
+like the sound of a wind, and he awoke to full consciousness and
+realization of what Sir William had told him, of the unutterable terror
+and frightfulness of his coming doom. All over his face, hands, and
+body, beads of perspiration started out in little jets. Then he felt as
+if a piece of ice were being slid smoothly down his spine--from the
+neck downwards. His hands opened and shut convulsively, gripping at
+nothing, and the soles of his feet, in their list slippers, became
+suddenly and strangely hot. The collar round his neck seemed to be
+throttling him, and his mouth opened, gasping for air.
+
+Then that deep and hidden chamber was filled with a wail so mournful,
+melancholy and hopeless, so dismal and inhuman that the very concrete
+walls themselves might also have melted and dissolved away before the
+fire of such agony and the sound of such despair.
+
+He knew the dark and more sinister reason of his captivity, he knew what
+they had made him and for what dreadful purpose.
+
+Ah! It was a supreme revenge. They had stolen him from his love and they
+had stolen his very inmost soul from him. All the agonized prayers which
+had gone up to God like thin flames had been caught upon their way like
+tangible and material things, caught by the devilish power of one man,
+and thrown upon the wall for him to see and laugh over. All his
+passionate longing for Marjorie, all the messages he tried to frame and
+send her through the darkness and the walls of stone, all these had been
+but an amusement and a derision for the fiend whose slave he had become.
+And all his hatred, his deep cursings of his captor, all his futile
+half-formed plans for an escape were all known to the two men. And still
+worse, his very memories, his most sacred memories, had been taken from
+him and used as a theatre by William Gouldesbrough and Wilson Guest. He
+understood now the remarks that the assistant had sometimes made, the
+cruel and extraordinary knowledge he seemed to display of things that
+had happened in Rathbone's past. It was all quite plain, all terribly
+distinct.
+
+And worst of all, the sacred moments when he had avowed his love for
+Marjorie, and she, that peerless maiden, had come to him in answer,
+these dear memories, which alone had kept his cooling mind from madness,
+were known and exulted over by these men. They had seen him kiss
+Marjorie; all the endearments of the lovers had passed before them like
+tableaux in a pantomime. Yes; this indeed was more than any brain could
+bear.
+
+Rathbone knew now that he was going mad.
+
+Of course, God never heard his prayers, they could not get up to God.
+Those beasts had caught them in a net and God never heard them. There
+had always been that one thought, even in the darkest hour--that thought
+that God knew and would come to his aid.
+
+The face, the rigid face, worked and wrinkled horribly. Ripples of agony
+passed up and down it like the ripples upon the wind-blown surface of a
+pool. It was not human now any longer, and the curious and lovers of
+what is terrible may see such faces in the museum of the mad painter of
+pictures at Brussels.
+
+Then, as a stone falls, consciousness flashed away, though the face
+still moved and wrinkled automatically.
+
+Presently the door of the cell was unlocked, and Wilson Guest came in.
+He was rather drunk and rather angry also.
+
+Sir William had come back from telling Rathbone the truth about what had
+been done to him and what they proposed to do. Guest had been waiting in
+the study with great expectation. He congratulated himself on having
+worked up his patron sufficiently to make him visit Rathbone himself and
+inform him of his fate. He had not thought that Gouldesbrough could have
+been brought to do any such thing, and he had awaited his chief's
+arrival with intense and cynical expectation.
+
+When at last Sir William did enter the room, his face was very pale, but
+the passion of hideous anger had quite gone from it, and it was calm and
+quiet. The eyes no longer blazed, the lips were set in their usual
+curve.
+
+"Have you told him, William?" Guest asked in his malicious voice. "Have
+you told him everything? Come along, then, let's go into the laboratory
+at once and see what he thinks about it."
+
+There was no response. Sir William seemed as a man in a dream. When at
+length he did answer his voice appeared to come from a long distance,
+and it was sad and almost kindly.
+
+"Yes," he said, in that gentle mournful voice; "yes, my friend, I have
+told him. Poor, poor fellow! How terrible his thoughts must be now. I
+wish I could do something for him. The spectacle of such agony is indeed
+terrible. Poor, poor fellow!"
+
+He sank into a chair, his head fell upon his breast, his fingers
+interlocked, and he seemed to be sleeping.
+
+Guest looked at him for a moment stupidly. The assistant was fuddled
+with drink, and could not understand these strange symptoms and
+phenomena of a great brain which was swiftly being undermined.
+
+All he noticed was that Sir William certainly seemed sunk in upon
+himself like an old man.
+
+With a gesture of impatience he left the room and traversed the corridor
+until he came to the largest laboratory, where the Thought Spectroscope
+instruments were. He turned up the electric light, found the switch
+which controlled part of the machinery, moved the switch and turned down
+the electric light once more, looking expectantly at the opposite wall.
+There was no great circle of light such as he waited for.
+
+With an oath he stumbled out of the laboratory, not forgetting to lock
+it carefully. And then, unlocking another door, a door which formed the
+back of a great cupboard in No. C room, a door which nobody ever saw, he
+went down a flight of stone steps to those old disused cellars, in one
+of which Rathbone was kept. He opened the door and found the captive
+still lying upon the vulcanite couch, his face still working like the
+face of a mechanical toy, and in a deep swoon.
+
+Guest hastily unbuckled the straps and released the neck from the
+collar. He carried Rathbone to the bed, locked the thin steel chains,
+which hung from the roof, upon the anklets and the handcuffs, and then
+dashed water repeatedly in his face.
+
+In his pocket, Mr. Guest invariably carried a supply of liquor. It
+sometimes happened that in going from a room where he had exhausted all
+the liquor, into another room where he knew he would find more, the two
+rooms would be separated by a corridor of some little length, and it
+sometimes happened that Mr. Guest needed a drink when he arrived in the
+middle of the corridor. So he always carried a large, silver-mounted
+flask in the pocket of his coat. He unscrewed this now and poured some
+whisky down the captive's throat. In a minute or two a faint tinge of
+colour appeared upon the cheekbones, and with a shudder and sob the
+tortured soul came back to the tortured body, which even yet it was not
+to be suffered to leave.
+
+"That's better," Mr. Guest remarked. "I thought you had gone off, I
+really did. Not yet, my dear boy, not yet. Would not do at all. Would
+not suit our purpose. I'm sure you won't be so disobliging as to treat
+us in such a shabby way after all we have done for you. I understand
+William has told you of the delicate attentions by which we propose to
+make your exit as interesting and as valuable to science as possible."
+
+Rathbone looked at him steadily. He spoke to him in a weak, thin voice.
+
+"Yes," he said, "I know now, I know everything. But have you no single
+spark of pity or compassion within you, that you can come here to mock
+and gloat over a man who is surely suffering more than any one else has
+ever suffered in the history of the world? Is it impossible to touch you
+or move you in any way?"
+
+Mr. Guest rubbed his hands with huge enjoyment.
+
+"Ah!" he said chuckling, while the pink, hairless face was one mask of
+pleasure. "Ah, that is how I have been wanting to hear you talk for a
+long, long time. I thought we should break you down at last, though. For
+my part I should have told you long before, only William thought that
+you would not give yourself away about Miss Marjorie Poole if you knew
+that we saw it all. However, we know now, so it don't matter. Dear
+little girl she is, Mr. Rathbone. Sir William sees her every day. She
+thinks you have gone off with a barmaid and are living quite happily,
+helping her to manage a pub. in the East. Sir William sees her every
+day, and she sits on his knee, and they kiss each other and laugh about
+being in love. Charming, isn't it? Fancy you talking to me like that.
+Pity? Pity? Aren't I your best friend? Don't I bring you your food every
+day? And didn't I give you a drink just now? That's more than William
+did. And besides to-morrow aren't I going to begin the injections that
+in a month's time or so will make you appear a confirmed dipsomaniac,
+just before I come down here and hold your head in a bucket of water
+until you are drowned? Then, dress your body in nice, dirty clothes and
+have you dropped in the Thames just above Wapping. Oh, Mr. Rathbone, how
+could you say such cruel things to your good friend, Mr. Wilson Guest?
+Well, I must be going. I don't think you will want anything more
+to-night, will you? Good night. Sleep pleasantly. I am going to go to
+bed myself, and I shall lie awake thinking of the fun there will be at
+the inquest when the Doctor reports after the post-mortem that you were
+a confirmed drunkard, and all the world, including Miss Marjorie Poole,
+will know the real truth about Guy Rathbone's disappearance."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+HOW THEY ALL WENT TO THE HOUSE IN REGENT'S PARK
+
+
+The little door in the wall of Sir William Gouldesbrough's old Georgian
+house stood wide open. Carriages were driving up, and the butler was
+constantly ushering visitors into the vast sombre hall, while a footman
+kept escorting this or that arrival up the gravel path among the laurel
+bushes.
+
+It was afternoon, a dull and livid afternoon. Clouds had come down too
+near to London, and thunder lurked behind them. Never at any time a
+cheerful place, the old walled house of the scientist to-day wore its
+most depressing aspect.
+
+The well-known people, who were invited to the demonstration of a
+stupendous and revolutionary discovery, looked with ill-concealed
+curiosity at the house, the garden, and the gloomy dignity of the hall.
+
+There has always been a great deal of surmise and curiosity about Sir
+William's home and private life. That so distinguished a man was a
+bachelor was in itself an anomaly; and, though Gouldesbrough went
+continually into society, when he himself entertained it was generally
+at restaurants, except in very rare instances. So the world of London
+had come to regard the house in Regent's Park as a sort of wizard's
+cave, a secret and mysterious place where the modern magician evolved
+wonders which were to change the whole course of modern life.
+
+About forty people had been invited to the demonstration.
+
+Lord Malvin was there, of course. He came in company with Donald Megbie
+and Sir Harold Oliver.
+
+All three men seemed singularly grave and preoccupied, and, as the other
+guests noted the strange, and even stern, expression upon Lord Malvin's
+face, they whispered that the leader of the scientific world felt that
+on this day he was to be deposed and must resign his captaincy for ever.
+
+But in this case, as it generally is, gossip was at fault. Nobody knew
+of the strange conference which had been held by Donald Megbie with Lord
+Malvin and Sir Harold Oliver. Nobody knew how Miss Marjorie Poole had
+driven up to Lord Malvin's house in Portland Place one afternoon with
+Donald Megbie. Nobody would have believed, even if they had been told,
+how the two grave scientists (who realized that, however many truths are
+discovered, there still lie hidden forces which we shall never
+understand this side of the Veil) had listened to the extraordinary
+story the journalist and the society girl had to tell.
+
+Therefore, on this important afternoon, though Lord Malvin's seriousness
+was commented upon, it was entirely misunderstood.
+
+Various other scientists from France, Germany and America were present.
+Donald Megbie, the editor of the _Eastminster Gazette_, and a famous
+novelist represented the press and the literary world.
+
+The Bishop of West London, frail, alert, his grey eyes filled with
+eagerness, was one of the guests. Dean Weare came with him, and the
+political world had sent three ambassadors in the persons of Mr. Decies,
+the Home Secretary, Sir James Clouston and Sir William Ellrington. There
+was an academician who looked like a jockey, and a judge who looked like
+a trainer. The rest of the guests were all well-known people, who, if
+they were not particularly interested in science, were yet just the
+people who could not be ignored on an important occasion. That is to
+say, they belonged to that little coterie of men and women in London
+who have no other _metier_ than to be present at functions of extreme
+importance! For no particular reason they have become fixtures, and
+their personalities are entirely merged in the unearned celebrity of
+their name and the apparent necessity for their presence.
+
+The men in their black frock coats passed over the great galleried hall
+like ghosts, and the white furs of the ladies, and the grey plumes and
+feathers of their hats, did little to relieve the general note of
+sadness, or to bring any colour into Sir William Gouldesbrough's house.
+Among the last arrivals of all were Lady Poole and her daughter.
+
+The guests had congregated in the hall where servants were handing about
+tea, and where two great fires warmed the air indeed, but could not
+destroy the sense of mental chill.
+
+Sir William had not yet made his appearance, and it was understood that
+when the party was complete the butler was to lead them straight to the
+laboratories. The fact marked the seriousness of the occasion.
+
+This was no social party, no scientific picnic, at which one went to see
+things which would interest and amuse, and to chatter, just as one
+chatters at an exhibition of water-colours in Pall Mall. Everybody felt
+this, everybody knew it, and everybody experienced a sense of awe and
+gravity as befitted people who were about to witness something which
+would mark an epoch in the history of the world and change the whole
+course of human life.
+
+As Marjorie Poole came into the hall with her mother, every one saw that
+she looked ill. Her face was pale, there were dark rings under her eyes;
+and, as she stepped over the threshold of the door, one or two people
+noticed that she shivered. It was remarked also, that directly the two
+ladies entered, Lord Malvin, Sir Harold Oliver, and Mr. Megbie went up
+to them in a marked manner, and seemed to constitute themselves as a
+sort of bodyguard for the rest of the stay in the hall.
+
+"She does not look much like a girl who is engaged to the most
+successful man of the day, does she?" Mrs. Hoskin-Heath said to Lord
+Landsend.
+
+"No, you are right," Lord Landsend whispered. "She is afraid Sir
+William's machine won't work, and that the whole thing won't come off,
+don't you know. And, for my part, though I don't profess to understand
+exactly what Sir William is going to show us, I bet a fiver that it is
+not more wonderful than things I have seen scores of times at Maskelyne
+and Cook's. Wonderful place that, Mrs. Hoskin-Heath. I often go there on
+a dull afternoon; it makes one's flesh creep, 'pon my word it does. I
+have been there about fifty times, and I have never yet felt safe from
+the disappearing egg."
+
+The butler was seen to come up to Lord Malvin and ask him a question.
+The peer looked round, and seemed to see that every one was prepared to
+move. He nodded to the man, who crossed the hall, bowed, and opened a
+door to the right of the great central staircase.
+
+"My master tells me to say, my lord," he said, addressing Lord Malvin,
+but including the whole of the company in his gaze--"my master tells me
+to say that he will be very much obliged if you will come into the
+laboratory."
+
+A footman went up to the door and held it open, while the butler, with a
+backward look, disappeared into the passage, and led the way towards the
+real scene of the afternoon's events.
+
+As that throng of famous people walked down the long corridor, which led
+past the study door, not a single one of them knew or could surmise that
+all and severally they were about to experience the emotion of their
+lives.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE DOOM BEGINS
+
+
+The visitors found themselves in the laboratory, a large building lit by
+means of its glass roof.
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough, dressed in a grey morning suit, received
+them. He shook hands with one or two, and bowed to the rest; but there
+was no regular greeting of each person who came in.
+
+At one side of the laboratory were three long rows of arm-chairs, built
+up in three tiers on platforms, much in the same way as the seats are
+arranged for hospital students in an operating theatre.
+
+The guests were invited to take their places, and in a minute or two had
+settled themselves, the more frivolous and non-scientific part of them
+whispering and laughing together, as people do before the curtain rises
+at a play. This is what they saw.
+
+About two yards away from the lowest row of seats, which was practically
+on the floor level, the actual apparatus of the discovery began. Upon
+specially constructed tables, on steel supports, which rose through the
+boarding of the floor, were a series of machines standing almost the
+whole length of the room.
+
+Upon the opposite wall to the spectators was a large screen, upon which
+the Thought Pictures were to be thrown.
+
+Save for the strange apparatus in all its intricacy of brass and
+vulcanite, coiled wire and glass, there was more than a suggestion of
+the school-room in which the pupils are entertained by a magic-lantern
+exhibition.
+
+Marjorie Poole and her mother sat next to Lord Malvin, on either side of
+him, while Donald Megbie, Sir Harold Oliver, and the Bishop of West
+London were immediately to their right and left.
+
+Gouldesbrough had not formally greeted Marjorie, but as he stood behind
+his apparatus ready to begin the demonstration, he flashed one bright
+look at her full of triumph and exultation. Megbie, who was watching
+very closely, saw that the girl's face did not change or soften, even at
+this supreme moment, when the unutterable triumph of the man who loved
+her was about to be demonstrated to the world.
+
+Amid a scene of considerable excitement on the part of the
+non-scientific of the audience, and the strained tense attention of the
+famous scientists, Sir William Gouldesbrough began.
+
+"My Lord, my illustrious _confrères_, ladies and gentlemen, I have to
+thank you very much for all coming here this afternoon to see the law
+which I have discovered actually applied by means of mechanical
+processes, which have been adapted, invented and made by myself and my
+brilliant partner and helper, Mr. Wilson Guest."
+
+As he said this, Sir William turned towards the end of the room where
+his assistant was busy bending over one of the machines.
+
+The man, with the large hairless face, was pale, and his fingers were
+shaking, as they moved about among the screws and wires. He did not look
+up as Gouldesbrough paid him this just tribute, though every one of the
+spectators turned towards him at the mention of his name.
+
+Truth to tell, Mr. Wilson Guest was, for the first time for many years,
+absolutely bereft of all alcoholic liquor since the night before. For
+the first time in their partnership Gouldesbrough had insisted upon
+Guest's absolute abstention. He had never done such a thing before, as
+he pointed out to his friend, but on this day he said his decision was
+final and he meant to be obeyed.
+
+The frenzied entreaties of the poor wretch about mid-day, his miserable
+abasement and self-surrender, as he wept for his poison, were useless
+alike. He had been forced to yield, and at this moment he was suffering
+something like torture. It was indeed only by the greatest effort of his
+weakened will that he could attend to the mechanical duties of adjusting
+the sensitive machines for the demonstration which was to follow.
+
+"I cannot suppose that any of you here are now unaware of the nature of
+my experiments and discovery. It has been ventilated in the press so
+largely during the last few days, and Mr. Donald Megbie has written such
+a lucid account of the influence which he believes the discovery will
+have upon modern life, that I am sure you all realize something of the
+nature of what I am about to show you.
+
+"To put it very plainly, I am going to show you how thought can be
+collected in the form of vibrations, in the form of fluid electric
+current, and collected directly from the brain of the thinker as he
+thinks.
+
+"I am further going to demonstrate to you how this current can be
+transformed into a visible, living and actual representation of the
+thoughts of the thinker."
+
+He stopped for a moment, and there was a little murmur from his guests.
+Then he went on.
+
+"Before proceeding to actual experiment, it is necessary that I should
+give you some account of the means by which I have achieved such
+marvellous results. I do not propose to do this in extremely technical
+language, for were I to do so, a large portion of those here this
+afternoon would not be able to follow me. I shall proceed to explain in
+words, which I think most of you will understand.
+
+"My illustrious _confrères_ in Science will follow me and understand the
+technical aspect of what I am going to put into very plain language, and
+to them especially I would say that, after the actual experiment has
+been conducted, I shall beg them to examine my apparatus and to go into
+the matter with me from a purely scientific aspect.
+
+"And now, ladies and gentlemen, let me begin.
+
+"That light is transmitted by waves in the ether is abundantly proved,
+but the nature of the waves and the nature of the ether have, until the
+present, always been uncertain. It is known that the ultimate particles
+of bodies exist in a state of vibration, but it cannot be assumed that
+the vibration is purely mechanical. Experiment has proved the existence
+of magnetic and electric strains in the ether, and I have found that
+electro-magnetic strains are propagated with the same speed as that of
+which light travels.
+
+"You will now realize, to put it in very simple language, that the
+connection between light and what the man in the street would call
+currents, or waves of electricity, is very intimate. When I had fully
+established this in my own mind, I studied the physiology of the human
+body for a long period. I found that the exciting agents in the nerve
+system of the animal frame are frequently electric, and by experimenting
+upon the nerve system in the human eye, I found that it could be excited
+by the reception of electro-magnetic waves.
+
+"In the course of my experiments I began more and more frequently to ask
+myself, 'What is the exact nature of thought?'
+
+"You all know how Signor Marconi can send out waves from one of his
+transmitters. I am now about to tell you that the human brain is nothing
+more nor less than an organism, which, in the process of thought, sends
+out into the surrounding ether a number of subtle vibrations. But, as
+these vibrations are so akin in their very essence to the nature of
+light, it occurred to me that it might be possible to gather them
+together as they were given off, to direct them to a certain point, and
+then, by means of transforming them into actual light, pass that light
+through a new form of spectroscope; and, instead of coloured rays being
+projected upon a screen through the prism of the instrument, the actual
+living thought of the brain would appear for every one to see.
+
+"This is, in brief, precisely what I have done, and it is precisely
+what I am going to show you in a few minutes. Having given you this
+briefest and slightest outline of the law I have discovered and proved,
+I will explain to you something of the mechanical means by which I have
+proved it, and by which I am going to show it to you in operation."
+
+He stopped once more, and moved a little away from where he had been
+standing. Every one was now thoroughly interested. There was a tremulous
+silence as the tall, lean figure moved towards a small table on which
+the shining conical cap, or helmet of brass, lay.
+
+Sir William took up the object and held it in his right hand, so that
+every one could see it distinctly. From the top, where the button of an
+ordinary cap would be, a thin silk-covered wire drooped down to the
+floor and finally rose again and disappeared within a complicated piece
+of mechanism a few feet away.
+
+"This cap," Sir William said, "is placed upon the head of a human being.
+You will observe later that it covers the whole of the upper part of the
+head down to the eyes, and also descends behind to the nape of the neck
+and along each side of the neck to the ears.
+
+"A person wearing this cap is quite unconscious of anything more than
+the mere fact of its weight upon his head. But what is actually going on
+is, that every single thought he secretes is giving off this vibration,
+not into the ether, but within the space enclosed by the cap. These
+vibrations cannot penetrate through the substance with which the cap is
+lined, and in order to obtain an outlet, they can only use the outlet
+which I have prepared for them. This is placed in the top of the cap,
+and is something like those extremely delicate membranes which receive
+the vibrations of the human voice in a telephone and transmit them along
+a wire to the receiver at the other end of it."
+
+He put down the cap, and looked towards his audience. Not a single
+person moved in the very least. The distinguished party, tier upon tier,
+might have been a group of wooden statues painted and coloured to
+resemble the human form. Sir William moved on.
+
+"Here," he said, "is a piece of apparatus enclosed in this box, which
+presented the first great difficulty in the course of the twenty years
+during which I have been engaged upon this work. Within this wooden
+shell," he tapped it with his fingers, "the thought vibrations, if I may
+call them so, are collected and transformed into definite and separate
+_electric_ currents. Every single variation in their strength or quality
+is changed into a corresponding electric current, which, in its turn,
+varies from its fellow currents. So far, I have found that from between
+3,000 to 4,000 different currents, differing in their tensity and their
+power, are generated by the ordinary thoughts of the ordinary human
+being.
+
+"You may take it from me, as I shall presently show my scientific
+brethren, that within this box Thought Vibrations are transformed into
+_electric_ currents."
+
+He passed on to a much larger machine, which was connected by a network
+of wires covered with crimson and yellow silk, to the mahogany box which
+he had just left.
+
+The outside of the new piece of apparatus resembled nothing so much as
+one of those enormous wine-coolers which one sees in big restaurants or
+hotels. It was a large square case standing upon four legs. But from the
+lid of this case rose something which suggested a very large
+photographic camera, but made of dull steel. The tube, in which the lens
+of an ordinary camera is set, was in this case prolonged for six or
+seven feet, and was lost in the interior of the next machine.
+
+And now, for the first time, the strained ears of the spectators caught
+a note of keen vibration and excitement in Sir William Gouldesbrough's
+voice. He had been speaking very quietly and confidently hitherto; but
+now the measured utterance rose half a tone; and, as when some great
+actor draws near in speech to the climax of the event he mimics, so Sir
+William also began to be agitated, and so also the change in tone sent a
+thrill and quiver through the ranks of those who sat before him.
+
+"Here," he said, "I have succeeded in transforming my electric currents
+into light. That is nothing, you may think for a moment, the electric
+current produces light in your own houses at any moment; but you must
+remember that in your incandescent bulbs the light is always the same in
+its quality. Light of this sort, passed through the prism of a
+spectroscope will always tell the same story when the screen presents
+itself for analysis. My problem has been to produce an infinite variety
+of light, so that every single thought vibration will produce, when
+transformed, its own _special_ and _individual_ quality of light, and
+that," he concluded, "I have done."
+
+Sir Harold Oliver, who had been leaning forward with grey eyes so
+strained and intent that all the life seemed to have gone out of them
+and they resembled sick pearls, gave a gasp as Sir William paused.
+
+Then Gouldesbrough continued.
+
+He placed his hand upon the thing like a camera which rose from the lid
+of the larger structure below it.
+
+"Within this chamber," he said, "all the light generated below is
+collected and focussed. It passes in one volume through this object."
+
+He moved onwards, as he spoke, running his fingers along the pipe which
+led him to the next marvel in this stupendous series.
+
+"I have now come," he began again, "to what Mr. Guest and myself might
+perhaps be allowed to think as our supreme triumph. Here is our
+veritable Thought Spectroscope within this erection, which, as you will
+observe, is much larger than anything else I have shown you. The light
+which pours along that tube is passed through, what I will only now
+designate as a prism, to keep the analogy of the light spectroscope, and
+is split up into its component parts.
+
+"You will see that, rising out of this iron box," he ran his hand over
+the sides of it as if he loved it, "the lens projects just like the lens
+of a bioscope. This lens is directed full upon that great white screen
+which is exactly opposite to you all; and this is my final demonstration
+of the mechanism which I am now about to set in motion to prove to you
+that I have now triumphed over the hitherto hidden Realm of Thought.
+From this lens I shall pour upon the screen in a minute or two for you
+all to see, without doubt and in simple view, the thoughts of the man or
+woman on whom I shall place the cap."
+
+He ceased. The first part of the demonstration was over.
+
+Lord Malvin rose in his seat. His voice was broken by emotion.
+
+"Sir," he said, "I know, none better perhaps in this room, of the
+marvellous series of triumphs which have led you to this supreme moment.
+I know how absolutely and utterly true all you have told us is, and I
+know that we are going to witness your triumph."
+
+He turned round to the people behind him.
+
+"We are going to see," he said, "the human soul laid bare for the first
+time in the history of the world."
+
+Then he turned once more to Sir William, and his voice, though still
+full of almost uncontrollable emotion, became deep and stern.
+
+"Sir William Gouldesbrough," he said, "I have to salute you as the
+foremost scientist of all time, greater than Newton, greater than
+Darwin, greater than us all. And I pray to God that you have used the
+great talent He has given you in a worthy way, and I pray that, if you
+have done this, you will always continue to do so; for surely it is only
+for some special reason that God has allowed you this mastery."
+
+He ceased, and there was rustle and hum of movement among all the
+people, as this patriarch lifted his voice with almost a note of
+warning and menace in it.
+
+It was all so unusual, so unexpected--why did this strange prophetic
+note come into the proceedings? What was hidden in the old man's brain?
+
+Every one felt the presence, the unseen presence of deep waters and
+hidden things.
+
+Marjorie Poole had bowed her head, she was absolutely motionless. There
+was a tension in the air.
+
+Sir William Gouldesbrough's head was bowed also, as he listened with
+courteous deference to the words of one whose name had been chief and
+most honoured in the scientific world for so many years. Those who
+watched him remarked afterwards that he seemed to be stricken into stone
+for a moment, as words which were almost a veiled accusation pealed out
+into the great room.
+
+Then they saw Sir William once more himself in a swift moment. His eyes
+were bright and there was a look of triumph on his face.
+
+"I thank you, Lord Malvin," he said, in a voice which was arrogant and
+keen, "I thank you for your congratulations, your belief, and for your
+hopes for me; and now my lord, ladies, and gentlemen, shall we not
+proceed to the actual demonstration?
+
+"I am going to ask that one of you come down from your seat and allow me
+to place the cap upon your head. I shall then darken the laboratory,
+and the actual thoughts of the lady or gentleman who submits herself or
+himself to the experiment will be thrown upon the screen."
+
+There was a dead silence now, but most of the people there looked at
+each other in doubt and fear.
+
+It might well be that, confronted for the first time in their lives with
+the possibility of the inmost secrets of their souls being laid bare,
+the men and women of the world would shrink in terror. Who of us,
+indeed, is able to look clearly and fairly into his own heart, and
+realize in very actual truth what he is! Do we not, day by day, and hour
+by hour, apply the flattering unction to our souls that we aren't so
+very bad after all; that what we did last week, and what,
+sub-consciously we know we shall do again in the week that is coming, is
+only the result of a temperament which cannot be controlled in this or
+that particular, and that we have many genial virtues--not exactly
+specified or defined--which make it all up to a high level of conduct
+after all?
+
+Yes! There was a silence there, as indeed there would have been in any
+other assembly when such a proposal was made.
+
+They were all ashamed, they were all frightened. They none of them dared
+submit themselves to this ordeal.
+
+And as they looked at their host they saw that a faint and mocking
+smile was playing about his mouth, and that the eyes above it flamed and
+shone.
+
+Then they heard his voice once more, and the new and subtle quality of
+mockery had crept into that also.
+
+"Ladies and gentlemen, I am waiting for one of you to give me an
+opportunity of proving all that I have told you."
+
+"My lord, will not you afford me the great privilege of being the first
+subject of the new experiment?"
+
+Lord Malvin looked very straightly and rather strangely at Sir William
+Gouldesbrough.
+
+"Sir," he said, "I am not afraid to display my thoughts to this company,
+but shall I be the first person who has ever done so? Of course not. You
+have had other subjects for experiment, whether willing or unwilling--I
+do not know."
+
+Once again the guests saw Sir William's face change. What strange and
+secret duel, they asked themselves, was going on before them? How was it
+that Lord Malvin and Sir William Gouldesbrough seemed to be in the twin
+positions of accuser and accused?
+
+What was all this?
+
+Lord Malvin continued--
+
+"I am ready to submit myself, Sir William, in the cause of Science. But
+I would ask you, very, very earnestly, if you desire that the thoughts
+that animate me at this moment should be given to every one here?"
+
+Gouldesbrough stepped back a pace as though some one had struck him.
+There was a momentary and painful silence. And then it was that the
+Bishop of West London rose in his place.
+
+"Sir William," he said, "I shall be highly honoured if you will allow me
+to be the first subject. I shall fix my thoughts upon some definite
+object, and then we shall see if my memory is good. I have only just
+come back from a holiday in the Holy Land, and it will give me great
+pleasure to sit in your chair and to try and construct some memories of
+Jerusalem for you all."
+
+With that the Bishop stepped down on to the floor of the laboratory, and
+sat in the chair which Sir William indicated.
+
+The spectators saw the brass cap carefully fitted on the prelate's head.
+
+Then Sir William stepped to the little vulcanite table upon which the
+controlling switches were--there was a click, shutters rolled over the
+sky-lights in the roof, already obscured by the approach of evening, and
+the electric lights of the laboratory all went out simultaneously. The
+darkness was profound. The great experiment had begun.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+THE DOOM CONTINUES
+
+
+They were all watching, and watching very intently. All they could see
+was a bright circle of light which flashed out upon the opposite wall.
+It was just as though they were watching an ordinary exhibition of the
+magic-lantern or the cinematograph.
+
+And suddenly, swiftly, these world-worn and weary people of society,
+these scientists who lived by measure and by rule, saw that all Sir
+William Gouldesbrough had said was true--and truer than he himself knew.
+
+For upon this white screen, where all their eyes were fixed, there came
+a picture of the Holy City, and it was a picture such as no single
+person there had ever seen before.
+
+For it was not that definite and coloured presentment of a scene caught
+by the camera and reproduced through the mechanical means of a lens,
+which is a thing which has no soul. It was the picture of that Holy
+City to which all men's thoughts turn in trouble or in great crises of
+their lives. And it was a picture coloured by the imagination of the man
+who had just come back from Jerusalem, and who remembered it in the
+light of the Christian Faith and informed it with all the power of his
+own personality.
+
+They saw the sharp outlines of the olive trees, immemorially old, as a
+fringe to the picture. The sun was shining, the white domes and roofs
+were glistening, the Church of the Holy Sepulchre loomed up large in
+this vista, seen through a temperament, and through a memory, and seen
+from a hill.
+
+For a brief space, they all caught their breath and shuddered at the
+marvellous revelation of the power and magnificence of thought which was
+revealed to them at that moment. And then they watched the changing,
+shifting phantom, which was born from the thought of this good man, with
+a chill and shudder at the incredible wonder of it all.
+
+The afternoon, as it has been said, was thunderous and grim. While the
+representatives of the world that matters had been listening to Sir
+William, the forces of nature had been massing themselves upon the
+frontier-line of experience and thought. And now, at this great moment,
+the clouds broke, the thunder stammered, and in that darkened place the
+white and amethyst lightning came and flickered like a spear thrown from
+immensity.
+
+The gong of the thunder, the crack and flame of the lightning, passed.
+There was a dead silence. Still the spectators saw the mapped landscape
+of the Holy City shining before them, glad, radiant and serene.
+
+And then, old Lady Poole dropped her fan--a heavy fan made of ebony and
+black silk. It clattered down the tier of seats and brought an alien
+note into the tension and the darkness of the laboratory.
+
+Everybody started in the gloom. There was a little momentary flutter of
+excitement. And, as they all watched the gleaming circle of light upon
+which the brain of the Bishop had painted his memories so truthfully and
+well, they saw a sudden change. The whole, beautiful picture became
+troubled, misty. It shook like a thing seen through water at a great
+depth.
+
+Then the vision of the City where God suffered went straight away. There
+was no more of it. It vanished as a breath breathed upon a window clouds
+and vanishes.
+
+The concentration of mind of the Bishop must then--as it was said
+afterwards--have been interrupted by the sudden sound of the falling
+fan, for all those celebrated men and women who sat and watched saw dim
+grey words, like clouds of smoke which had formed themselves into the
+written symbols of speech, appear in the light.
+
+And these were the words--
+
+"God will not allow----"
+
+At that moment the silence was broken by a tiny sound. It is always the
+small sound that defines blackness and silence.
+
+Sir William, who perhaps had realized where the thoughts of the Bishop
+were leading him, who had doubtless understood the terror of the naked
+soul, the terror which he himself had made possible, switched on the
+light. The whole laboratory was illuminated, and it was seen that the
+people were looking at each other with white faces; and that the folk,
+who were almost strangers, were grasping each other by the wrist. And
+the Bishop himself was sitting quietly in the chair, with a very pale
+face and a slight smile.
+
+At that moment the people who had come to catch the visual truth of this
+supreme wonder, rose as one man. Voices were heard laughing and sobbing;
+little choked voices mingled and merged in a cacophany of fear.
+
+It was all light now, light and bright, and these men and women of the
+world were weeping on each other's shoulders.
+
+The Bishop rose.
+
+"Oh, please," he said, "please, my dears, be quiet. This is wonderful,
+this is inexplicable, but we have only begun. Let us see this thing
+through to the very, very end. Hush! Be quiet! There is no reason, nor
+is there any need, for hysteria or for fear."
+
+The words of the Churchman calmed them all. They looked at him, they
+looked at each other with startled eyes, and once more there was a great
+and enduring silence.
+
+Then Sir William spoke. His face was as pale as linen; he was not at all
+the person whom they had seen half-an-hour ago--but he spoke swiftly to
+them.
+
+"His Lordship," he said, "has given us one instance of how the brain
+works, and he has enabled us to watch his marvellous memory of what he
+has so lately seen. And now, I will ask some one or other of you to come
+down here and help me."
+
+Young Lord Landsend looked at Mrs. Hoskin-Heath and winked.
+
+"I shall be very pleased, Sir William," he said in the foolish, staccato
+voice of his class and kind, "I shall be very pleased, Sir William, to
+think for you and all the rest of us here."
+
+Lord Landsend stumbled down from where he sat and went towards the
+chair. As he did so, there were not wanting people who whispered to
+each other that a penny for his thoughts was an enormous price to pay.
+The cap was fitted on his head; they all saw it gleaming there above the
+small and vacuous face; and then once more the lights went out.
+
+The great circle of white light upon the screen remained fixed and
+immovable. No picture formed itself or occurred within the frame of
+light and shadow. For nearly a minute the circle remained unsullied.
+
+Then Mrs. Hoskin-Heath began to titter. Every one, relieved from the
+tension of the first experiment, joined her in her laugh. They all
+realized that young Lord Landsend could not think, and had not any
+thoughts at all. In the middle of their laughter, which grew and rose
+until the whole place was filled with it, the young man, doubtless
+spurred on by this unaccustomed derision, began to think.
+
+And what they all saw was just this--some one they had all seen before,
+many times, after dinner.
+
+They simply saw, in rather cloudy colour, Miss Popsy Wopsy, the
+celebrated Gaiety girl, alertly doing things of no importance, while the
+baton of the conductor made a moving shadow upon the chiffon of her
+frock.
+
+And so here was another brain, caught up, classified and seen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+MR. WILSON GUEST MAKES A MISTAKE
+
+
+Mr. Wilson Guest had seen all this many times before. The actual
+demonstration would have given him amusement and filled him with that
+odd secret pride which was the only reward he asked from that science
+which he had followed so long under different conditions than the
+present.
+
+If Sir William Gouldesbrough had not absolutely prohibited the use of
+any alcohol upon that day, Guest might have been normal and himself. It
+was in this matter that Sir William made a great mistake. In his extreme
+nervousness and natural anxiety, he forgot the pathology of his subject,
+and did not realize how dangerous it is to rob a man of his drug, and
+then expect him to do his work.
+
+Guest's assistance had been absolutely necessary in the first instance,
+in order to prepare the various parts of the Thought Spectrum, and to
+ensure the proper working of the machinery.
+
+But now, when all that was done, when the demonstration was actually
+going on and everything was working smoothly and well, there was no
+immediate need at the moment for Guest's presence in the laboratory.
+
+Accordingly, while Lord Landsend was vainly trying to secrete thought,
+Wilson Guest slipped out by the side-door in the dark. He was in a long
+passage leading to the other experimental rooms, and he heaved a great
+sigh of relief. High above in the air, the thunder could still be heard
+growling, but the corridor itself, lit by its rows of electric lights
+and softly carpeted, seemed to the wretched man nothing but an avenue to
+immediate happiness.
+
+He shambled and almost trotted towards the dining-room in the other part
+of the house, where he knew that he would find something to drink
+quicker than anywhere else. He crossed the big hall and went into the
+dining-room. No one was there.
+
+It was a panelled room with a softly glowing wood fire upon the hearth,
+and heavy crimson curtains shutting out the dying lights of the day. On
+a gleaming mahogany sideboard were bottles of cut-glass, ruby, diamond,
+and amber; bottles in which the soft firelight gleamed and was repeated
+in a thousand twinkling points.
+
+A loud sob of relief burst from the drunkard, and he went up to the
+sideboard with the impish greed and longing that one sees in some great
+ape.
+
+And now, as his shadow, cast upon the wall in the firelight, parodied
+and distorted all his movements, there seemed _two_ obscene and evil
+creatures in the rich and quiet room. It was as though the man with his
+huge hairless face were being watched and waited for by an ape-like
+ambassador from hell.
+
+Guest clutched the mahogany sideboard and, his fingers were so hot that
+a greyness like that of damp breath on frosted glass glowed out upon the
+wood--it seemed as if the man's very touch brought mildew and blight.
+
+Guest ran his eye rapidly along the decanters. His throat felt as though
+it was packed with hot flour. His mouth tasted as if he had been sucking
+a brass tap. His tongue was swollen and his lips were hard, cracked, and
+feverish. He snatched the brandy bottle from a spirit-case, and poured
+all that was in it into a heavy cut-glass tumbler. Then, looking round
+for more, for the tantalus had not been more than one-fourth part full,
+he saw a long wicker-covered bottle of curaçao, and he began to pour
+from it into the brandy. Then, without water, or mineral water, he began
+to gulp down this astonishing and powerful mixture, which, in a fourth
+of its quantity, would probably have struck down the ordinary man, as a
+tree snaps and falls in a sudden wind.
+
+It had been Guest's intention to take enough alcohol to put him into
+something like a normal condition, and then to return to the laboratory
+to assist at the concluding scenes of the demonstration, and to enjoy it
+in his own malicious and sinister fashion. But as the liquor seemed to
+course through his veins and to relieve them of the intolerable strain,
+as he felt his whole body respond to the dose of poison to which he had
+accustomed it, thoughts of returning to the laboratory became very dim
+and misty.
+
+Here was this large comfortable room with its panelled walls, its old
+family portraits in their massive gilt frames, this fire of wood logs in
+a great open hearth, sending out so pleasant and hospitable an
+invitation to remain. Every fibre of the wretch's body urged him to take
+the twilight hour and enjoy it.
+
+Guest sat down in a great arm-chair, padded with crimson leather, and
+gazed dreamily into the white heart of the fire.
+
+He felt at peace, and for five minutes sat there without movement,
+looking in the flickering firelight like some grotesque Chinese
+sculpture, some god of darkness made by a silent moon-faced man on the
+far shores of the Yang-tze-Kiang.
+
+Then Mr. Guest began to move again; the fuel that he had taken was
+burning out. The man's organism had become like one of those toy engines
+for children, which have for furnace a little methyl lamp, and which
+must be constantly renewed if the wheels of the mechanism are to
+continue to revolve.
+
+Mr. Guest rose from the arm-chair and shambled over to the sideboard
+again. The bottle of curaçao was still almost full, though there did not
+appear to be any more brandy.
+
+That would do, he thought, and he poured from the bottle into his glass
+as if he had been pouring beer. The wretched man had forgotten that, in
+his present state--a state upon the very verge of swift and hidden
+paroxysm and of death--the long abstention of the morning and afternoon
+had modified his physiological condition. Moreover, the suddenness of
+these stealthy potations in the dining-room began to have their way with
+him. He was a man whom it was almost impossible to make intoxicated, as
+the ordinary person understands intoxication. When Guest was drunk, his
+mind became several shades more evil, that was all.
+
+But at this moment the man succumbed, and in half-an-hour his brain was
+absolutely clouded and confused. He had forgotten both time and
+occasion, and could not think coherently.
+
+At last he seemed to realize this himself. He rose to his feet and,
+clutching hold of the dining-room table, swayed and lurched towards the
+dining-room door. There was a dim consciousness within him of something
+which was imminently necessary to be done, but which he had forgotten or
+was unable to recall.
+
+"What was it?" he kept asking himself with a thick indistinctness. "I
+knew I had somethin' to do, somethin' important, can't think what it
+was."
+
+At that moment his hand, which he had thrust into his pocket, touched a
+key.
+
+"I've got it," he said, "'course, I know now. I must go down and put the
+cap on Rathbone, after I have injected the alcohol preparation. William
+and I want to sit in front of the screen and follow his thoughts; they
+are funnier than they ever used to be before we told him what we were
+doing to him. I'll just take one more drink, then I'll go down-stairs to
+the cellars at once."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+AT LAST!
+
+
+When the sounds of amused laughter at Lord Landsend's unconscious
+revelation had passed away, and that young nobleman, slightly flushed
+indeed, but still with the imperturbability that a man of his class and
+kind learns how to wear on all occasions, had regained his seat, a fire
+of questions poured in upon Sir William Gouldesbrough.
+
+The famous scientists of the party had all risen and were conferring
+together in a ripple of rapid and exciting talk, which for the
+convenience of the foreign members of their number, was conducted in
+French.
+
+Marjorie Poole, who had not looked at Sir William at all during the
+whole of the afternoon, was very pale and quiet.
+
+Gouldesbrough had noticed this, and even in the moment of supreme
+triumph his heart was heavy within him. He feared that something
+irrevocable had come between him and the girl he loved, and her pallor
+only intensified his longing to be done with the whole thing, to be
+alone with her and to have the explanation which he desired so keenly
+and yet dreaded so acutely. For what Lord Malvin had said to him had
+stabbed him with a deadly fear, as each solemn, significant word rang
+through the room.
+
+"Could it be," he asked himself, "could it possibly be that these people
+suspected or knew anything?"
+
+His quick brain answered the question in its own swift and logical
+fashion. It was utterly impossible that Lord Malvin _could_ know
+anything. His words were a coincidence and that was all. No, he need not
+fear, and possibly, he thought, the long strain of work and worry had
+had its influence upon his nerves and he had become morbid and unstrung.
+That fear passed, but there was still in his heart the fear, and
+strangely enough an even greater fear, that he would never now make
+Marjorie his own.
+
+His outward face and demeanour showed nothing of the storm and riot
+within. He was calm, self-possessed, and smiling, quick to answer and to
+reply, to explain this or that point in his discoveries, to be adequate,
+confident and serene.
+
+In reply to a question from Dean Weare, Sir William leant upon one of
+the cases which covered the thought-transforming mechanism and gave a
+little lecture.
+
+"Quite so, Mr. Dean," he said; "it is exactly as you suppose, the form,
+power, and vividness of the pictures upon the screen correspond exactly
+with the strength of the intellect of the person whose thoughts are
+making these pictures. You will find your strongly imaginative man, or
+your man whose brain is much turned inward upon himself, and who, for
+this very reason takes little part in the action or movement of life,
+will give a far more complete and vivid picture than any other. For
+example, assuming that the Bishop's valet is an ordinary servant and
+accompanied his Lordship to Palestine a few months ago, and saw exactly
+what his Lordship saw, that man's memories would not be thrown upon the
+screen with such wonderful vividness as his Lordship's were. He would
+not be able, in all probability, to produce a picture, a general
+impression, which is a real picture and not a photograph, and which so
+conveys the exact likeness of a place far more than any photograph could
+ever do. His thoughts would probably be represented by some special
+incident which had struck his fancy at the time and assumed a proportion
+in his mind which a cultured and logical faculty of thought would at
+once reject as being out of due proportion. And finally, in a precise
+ratio to the power of the brain--I do not mean to its health, or
+ill-health, its weight or size, I mean its pure _thinking_ power--so
+are the thoughts, when transformed into light, vivid or not vivid, as
+the case may be."
+
+Mrs. Hoskin-Heath turned to Lord Landsend, who was sitting beside her.
+Her pretty face wore a roguish smile as she whispered to him.
+
+"Billy, what an awful donkey _you_ must be."
+
+Lord Landsend looked at her for a moment. Then he answered--
+
+"Well, you know, I am not at all sure that it is not a jolly good thing
+to be sometimes. I would not be that fellow Gouldesbrough for anything."
+
+She looked at him in amusement. There was something quite serious in the
+young man's face.
+
+"Why," she said, in a whisper, "what do you mean, Billy?"
+
+"I may not be clever," said Lord Landsend, "but I prefer to spend my
+life doing what amuses me, not what other people think I ought to do. At
+the same time I know men, and I know that scientific Johnny over there
+has got something on his mind which I should not care to have. Poor
+Tommy Decies had that look in his eyes the night before Ascot last year,
+poor Eustace Charliewood had it just before he went down to Brighton and
+shot himself; and you may take it from me, Mrs. Hoskin-Heath, that I
+know what I am talking about."
+
+"And now," said Sir William, looking up and down the rows of faces
+opposite him. "And now, which of you will submit himself to the next
+experiment?"
+
+Then Lord Landsend spoke. He was determined to "get his own back," as he
+would have put it, if possible.
+
+"Why don't you have a try yourself, Sir William," he said, with a not
+very friendly grin; "or won't what d'you call 'em work for its master?
+You had my thoughts for nothing, I'll give you twopence for yours."
+
+There was an ill-suppressed titter from the more frivolous portion of
+the spectators; but Lord Malvin turned round and looked at the young man
+with a frown of disapproval. There was something in that leonine head
+and those calm wise eyes which compelled him to silence.
+
+Then Herr Schmoulder, a famous savant from Berlin, spoke.
+
+"It would an interesting demonstration make," he said, "of der statement
+of der relative power that the strong and weak brain possesses if we
+could see der apparatus in operation upon der thought vibrations
+transformed of an intelligence which not equal to our own is."
+
+Mrs. Hoskin-Heath chimed in, her beautiful, silvery notes coming, after
+the deep, grave, guttural, like a peal of bells heard in the lull of a
+thunderstorm.
+
+"What a _good_ idea, Sir William!" she said. "I wish you would let me
+send for my footman. He is sure to be in the servants' hall. It would be
+so interesting to know his real opinion of me and my husband; and he
+certainly is a most consummate fool, and would be a thoroughly good
+subject for such an experiment. I brought him out of Gloucestershire.
+You know, he was one of the under-footmen at my brother's place, and I
+have been trying to train him, though with little success. I mean that
+he is too stolid to be shy, and, therefore, won't object at all, as some
+men would, to put the cap on and sit down here in the dark. He won't be
+frightened, I am sure."
+
+"By all means, Mrs. Hoskin-Heath," Gouldesbrough said with a smile. "No
+doubt one could not have a better subject, and I really shall be able to
+illustrate the difference between the relative values of brain-power by
+this means. You will all be able to notice the difference in the
+vividness and outline of the pictures or words that will appear."
+
+Sir William turned round for Wilson Guest, whom he proposed to send upon
+the mission, but could not find him.
+
+"I will ring for the butler," he said, "and tell him to fetch your man,
+Mrs. Hoskin-Heath."
+
+"Oh! don't do that," a voice said upon the second tier.
+"I--I--am--er--not feeling very well, Sir William, and I was going to
+ask your permission to go and sit down in the hall for a few minutes; I
+will tell one of your servants, they are sure to be about."
+
+The voice was the voice of Donald Megbie. He did not look at all ill,
+but he stepped down with a smile and went out of the laboratory, while
+everybody waited for the advent of Mrs. Hoskin-Heath's footman.
+
+Once more Sir William looked round to see if Wilson Guest had returned.
+
+The actual projecting apparatus by which the transformed light rays were
+thrown upon the screen required some attention. The delicate apparatus
+which focussed the lens of the projector, in order to bring it into the
+nearest possible co-ordination with the light which it had to magnify
+and transmit, needed some little care.
+
+"Will you excuse me for a moment," he said to everybody there, "if I
+leave you in darkness again, until the man comes? I wish to attend to a
+portion of the mechanism here, and I can only do so by turning off the
+lights."
+
+There was a chorus of "Oh, please do so, Sir William," and suddenly the
+laboratory was once more plunged into utter blackness.
+
+Nobody talked much now, curiously enough. For a moment there was nothing
+heard but the regular beating of Lady Poole's fan, and one whispering
+conversation which might, or might not, have been carried on between
+Lord Landsend and Mrs. Hoskin-Heath.
+
+Then the thunder, which had been quiet for a little time, began to
+mutter once more. The dark air became hot and full of oppression. And in
+the dark Lord Malvin took the hand of Marjorie Poole in his own. "Be
+brave," he said into her ear. "I know what you must suffer, believing
+what you believe."
+
+She whispered back to him.
+
+"I have known it ever since I have been in this place," she said. "Oh!
+Lord Malvin, I have known it quite certainly, _Guy is in this house_!"
+
+"Donald Megbie has gone out, as you saw just now," he answered. "Be
+brave! be strong! I believe that God is guiding you. I too have felt the
+psychic influence of something strange and very, very terrible in the
+air of this house."
+
+In a moment more the beginning of the end came. The great twelve-foot
+circle of light flashed out upon the screen, but now with an
+extraordinary brightness and vividness, such as the spectators had not
+seen before during the course of the experiments. For a space of,
+perhaps, ten seconds, there was no sound at all. Nobody quite realized
+that anything out of the ordinary was happening, except possibly the
+scientists, who had a complete grasp of the mechanical methods of the
+experiments and realized that in this room, at any rate, no one was
+wearing the cap.
+
+There was a loud cry of astonishment, and, so it seemed, of alarm.
+
+Sharply outlined against the brilliant circle, sharply outlined in a
+gigantic shape, and standing full in the screen of the light that
+streamed from the lens of the projector, the spectators saw that Sir
+William Gouldesbrough was standing. They caught a glimpse of his face.
+It was a face like the face of a dead man. His arms were whirling in the
+air like mills, and then as a cry died away in mournful echoes in the
+high roof of the laboratory, there was a dead sound as the figure of the
+scientist disappeared and fell out of the circle of light upon the
+floor.
+
+Upon the screen itself there came a picture. It was the picture of a
+girl, but of a girl with a face so sweetly tender and compassionate, so
+irradiated with utter confidence and trust, so pained and yet so tender,
+that no painter had ever put so wonderful a thing on canvas, and no
+Madonna in the galleries of the world was more beautiful or more kind.
+
+And the face was one that they all knew well and recognized in a moment.
+It was the face of one of them, the face of Marjorie Poole, and it was
+so beautiful because it was painted by an artist whose pictures have
+never before appealed so poignantly to human eyes--it was painted by
+despairing Love itself.
+
+At that marvellous sight, a sight which none of those present ever
+forgot in after life, a strange cry went up into the high-domed roof. It
+was a cry uttered by many voices and in many keys. There was a gasp of
+excitement and of fear, shrill women's tones, the guttural of the
+Teuton, the bass of the startled Englishmen, the high, staccato cry of
+the Latin, as the French savants joined in it.
+
+But in whatever key the exclamations were pitched, they all blended into
+something like a wail, a composite, multiple thing, the wail of a
+company of people who had seen something behind the Veil for the first
+time in their lives.
+
+The picture glowed and looked out at them in all its ineffable
+tenderness and glory, and then grew dim, trembled, dissolved, and melted
+away.
+
+Then upon the screen came words, terrible, poignant words--
+
+ "MARJORIE, MARJORIE DEAR, I KNOW THAT YOU ARE NEAR ME, NOW IN BODY
+ AS YOU ARE ALWAYS NEAR ME IN THOUGHTS. I FEEL IT, I KNOW IT, AND
+ EVEN IN THIS CRUEL PRISON, THIS HOPELESS PRISON, WHERE I AM DYING,
+ AND SHALL SHORTLY DIE, I KNOW THAT YOU ARE NEAR ME IN BODY, AND IN
+ THAT SPIRIT YOU ARE ALWAYS MINE AND I AM ALWAYS YOURS. LOVE, IF THE
+ THOUGHTS THAT THEY ARE ROBBING ME OF, IF THE THOUGHTS THAT FILL MY
+ MIND, AND WHICH THOSE TWO FIENDS ARE PROBABLY LOOKING AT AND
+ LAUGHING OVER, HAVE ANY POWER AT ALL, THEN I SEND THEM TO YOU WITH
+ MY LAST EFFORT, IN ONE LAST ATTEMPT TO REACH YOU AND TO SAY THAT I
+ LOVE YOU AND TO SAY GOOD-BYE."
+
+The circle of white light grew dimmer. Faint, eddying spirals of
+something that seemed like smoke rose up and obscured the words. They
+saw an ashen vapour of grey creep over the circle, as the shadow of the
+moon creeps over the sun at an eclipse. Then the circle disappeared
+finally, and they were left once more in the dark.
+
+In the dark, indeed, but not in silence. A tumult of agonized voices
+filled the laboratory. And over them all a brave voice beat in upon the
+sound with the strong and regular assurance of a great bell, a bell like
+the mighty mass of metal which hangs in the ancient belfry of Bruges.
+
+Lord Malvin was calling to them to be calm and silent, was telling them
+that he knew what all this meant and that they must be of courage and
+good cheer.
+
+Then some one struck a match. It was Lord Landsend, his face very white
+and serious. He held it up above his head and called to Lord Malvin.
+
+"Here you are, Sir," he said. "I will get down to you in a second. Then
+we can find the switch to turn on the electric light."
+
+He stumbled down to where Lord Malvin sat,--showing the value of the
+practical man and polo player in a crisis--and together the two peers,
+the famous and honoured scientist and the wealthy young man whom the
+world flattered and called _dilettante_ and a fool, went their way to
+the switch-table in the guiding light of this small torch.
+
+Suddenly a blaze of light dispelled the darkness and showed a company of
+ghosts looking at each other with weeping faces.
+
+It showed also the figure of a girl sunk upon its chair in a deadly
+swoon. And it showed also the body of Sir William Gouldesbrough lying
+upon the floor between the series of machines and the screen upon the
+opposite wall. The dead face was so horrible that some one ran up
+immediately and covered it with a handkerchief.
+
+This was Lord Landsend.
+
+The tumult was indescribable, but by sheer power of authority and wisdom
+Lord Malvin calmed them all. His hand was raised as the hand of a
+conductor holds the vehemence of a band in check.
+
+In a few short trenchant sentences he told them the history of the
+strange occurrence which Donald Megbie and Mrs. Poole had brought to his
+notice; and even as he told them, Sir Harold Oliver and Lady Poole were
+bringing back the unconscious girl to life and realization.
+
+"The man is here," Lord Malvin said, "the man is here. Guy Rathbone lies
+dying and prisoned in this accursed house. Sir Harold Oliver, I will ask
+you to remain with these ladies while I will go forth and solve this
+horrid mystery."
+
+He looked round with a weary, questioning eye, seeking who should be his
+companion, and as he did so young Lord Landsend touched him on the arm
+and smiled.
+
+"Come, my dear boy," the old man said with a melancholy smile of
+kindness, "you are just the man I want; come with me."
+
+Then, before he left the laboratory, he spoke a few rapid words in
+French to one or two of the foreign scientists.
+
+Upon that, these gentlemen went down among the strange and fantastic
+apparatus upon the tables and lifted up That which but a few minutes ago
+had held the soul and the personality of Sir William Gouldesbrough. They
+carried the long, limp, terrible dead Thing to the other end of the
+room, where there was a screen.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+TWO FINAL PICTURES
+
+
+There are two things to record--
+
+(1)
+
+His hair was quite grey, his face was old and lined. His body was
+beginning to be ravaged by the devilish drugs with which it had been
+inoculated.
+
+But he lay upon a couch in the study, and Marjorie bent over him kissing
+him, calling to him and cooing inarticulate words of belief and of love.
+
+Lady Poole was there also, motionless and silent, while Lord Malvin and
+the doctor, who had been hastily summoned from Baker Street, watched by
+the head of the couch.
+
+The doctor looked at Lord Malvin and nodded his head.
+
+"He will be all right," he whispered. "Those devils have not killed him
+yet. He will live and be as strong as ever."
+
+The tears were rolling down Lord Malvin's face and he could not speak,
+but he nodded back to the doctor.
+
+And then they saw the face of Guy Rathbone, who lay there so broken and
+destroyed, begin to change. The gashes, which supreme and long-continued
+agony had cut into it, had not indeed passed away. The ashen visage
+remained ashen still, but a new light came flickering into the tired
+eyes, and in an indescribable way youth was returning.
+
+Youth was returning, youth!
+
+It came back, summoned out of the past by a supreme magic--the supreme
+magic of love.
+
+The girl who loved him was kissing him, he was with her at last, and all
+was well.
+
+ * * * * *
+
+(2)
+
+"It is a grave thing and much considered to be," said Herr Schmoulder.
+
+It was late at night.
+
+They had taken Wilson Guest to the hospital, where the doctors were
+holding him down, as he shrieked and laughed, and died in delirium
+tremens.
+
+Lord Malvin, Sir Harold Oliver, and the other scientists were gathered
+together in the laboratory, that recent theatre of such terrible events.
+
+"It is a very grave thing indeed, Herr Schmoulder," Lord Malvin
+answered; "but I have not ventured to propose it without a consultation
+in the highest quarters. Decies will be here at any moment, and then
+upon his decision we shall act. He has been to see the King."
+
+The distinguished men waited there silent and uneasy. All round them
+stood the marvellous instruments by which the late Sir William
+Gouldesbrough had obtained a triumph unknown before in the history of
+the world.
+
+The yellow radiance of the electric light poured down upon the gleaming
+mahogany, brass, vulcanite and steel.
+
+On the opposite wall was the great white screen--just an ordinary
+stretch of prepared canvas upon steel rollers, a dead, senseless thing,
+and no more than that. Yet as the least imaginative of them there
+chanced to turn his head and see that great white sheet, he shuddered to
+think of the long agony it had pictured while the two monsters had sat
+and taken their amusement from it, as a man takes a glass of wine.
+
+There was a rap upon the principal door of the laboratory. Lord Malvin
+strode to it and opened it. The butler, a portly man on the morning of
+this day, but now seeming to have shrunk into his clothes, and to have
+lost much of his vitality, stood there.
+
+Beside him was a gentleman in evening dress, with a keen clean-shaven
+face and grey hair which curled.
+
+The gentleman stepped quickly into the laboratory. It was the Home
+Secretary.
+
+He shook Lord Malvin by the hand, and his face was very troubled.
+
+"You are quite right, my Lord," he said. "I may say that His Majesty is
+at one with you and with me in this matter. His Majesty is much
+disturbed."
+
+Then Lord Malvin turned round to the other gentlemen.
+
+"Come, my brethren," he said in a sad voice, "come and let us do what we
+have to do. The Bishop of West London was wiser than any of us when he
+said that God would never allow this thing to continue, and he was
+right."
+
+Lord Malvin turned to the frightened servant.
+
+"Go into the kitchens," he said, "or send one of the other men, and
+fetch a large hammer, such a hammer as you use for breaking up coal."
+
+In a minute or two the butler returned, and handed a formidable
+implement with a wedge-shaped iron head on a long ash shank to Lord
+Malvin.
+
+The Home Secretary stood by, and the great men of science clustered
+round him, watching Lord Malvin's actions.
+
+The peer went to the silent, soulless machines, which had been the
+medium through which such wonder and terror had passed, and raising the
+hammer about his head, he destroyed each one severally, with a sort of
+ritual, as some priest carries out the ritual of his Faith.
+
+This old man, whose name and personality stood so high, so supreme
+indeed, in the modern world, was like some ancient prophet of the Lord,
+who, fired with holy zeal, strode down the pagan avenues of the ancient
+world and tore and beat the false idols from their pedestals in the
+frenzy of one who kills and destroys that truth may enter and the world
+be calm.
+
+It was done, over. The politician shook hands with Lord Malvin, and
+resumed his dry, official manner, perhaps a little ashamed or frightened
+at the emotion which he had exhibited.
+
+"Good-bye, Lord Malvin," he said. "This terrible business is now over. I
+have to return to the palace to tell His Majesty that this--this
+_devilish_ invention is destroyed. Good-night, good-night."
+
+Then a tall man with a pointed beard came into the laboratory, saluting
+the Home Secretary as he was leaving, with several of the other
+scientists who had witnessed the whole thing from first to last and now
+felt that they must go home.
+
+The man with the beard was the man who had been sent from Scotland Yard.
+
+He walked up to Lord Malvin and saluted.
+
+"I think, my Lord," he said, "that everything requisite has now been
+done. I have all the servants in my charge, and we have fifteen or
+twenty men in the house, seeing that nothing is disturbed until official
+inquiry is due."
+
+By this time nobody was left in the laboratory but the detective
+inspector, Lord Malvin, and Herr Schmoulder.
+
+"Oh! and there is one other thing, my Lord, I have to ask you. Mr.
+Donald Megbie, the writing gentleman is here, and begs that he may be
+allowed to see you. Should I be right in admitting the gentleman?"
+
+"Certainly, certainly," Lord Malvin replied. "Bring him in at once,
+please inspector."
+
+In less than a minute a plain-clothes policeman ushered Donald Megbie
+into the laboratory.
+
+He went up to Lord Malvin, and his face was bright and happy.
+
+"It is all right, my Lord," he said, "Rathbone is recovering swiftly.
+Miss Poole is with him, and the doctors say, that though they feared for
+a short time that his reason would go, they are now quite satisfied that
+he will recover. He is sleeping quietly in a private room at Marylebone
+Hospital, and Marjorie Poole is sitting by his side holding his hand."
+
+Then Megbie looked at the wreck upon the floor.
+
+"Ah!" he said, "so you have destroyed this horrid thing?"
+
+"Yes," Lord Malvin answered; "I discussed it with Decies, and Decies
+went to see the King. It was thought to be better and wiser for the
+safety of the commonwealth--for the safety of the world indeed--that Sir
+William Gouldesbrough's discovery should perish with Sir William
+Gouldesbrough."
+
+"Ah!" Donald Megbie answered; "I felt sure that that was the best
+course. It would have been too terrible, too subversive. The world must
+go on as it has always gone on. I have thought, during the last few
+hours, that Sir William Gouldesbrough was not himself at all. Is it not
+possible that he himself might have died long ago, and that _something_
+was inhabiting his body, something which came out of the darkness behind
+the Veil?"
+
+"That, Mr. Megbie," said Lord Malvin, "is the picturesque thought of the
+literary man. Science does not allow the possibility of such sinister
+interferences. And now, I am going home. You will realize, of course,
+that your supreme services in this matter will be recognized, though I
+fear that the recognition can never be acknowledged publicly."
+
+Donald Megbie bowed.
+
+"My Lord," he said, "they have been recognized already, because I have
+seen how love has called back a soul into life. I have seen Marjorie
+Poole sitting by the bedside of Guy Rathbone. And, do you know, Lord
+Malvin," he continued in a less exalted tone, "I never wish to see
+anything in my life here more utterly beautiful than that."
+
+"Come," said Lord Malvin, "it is very late; we are all tired and
+unstrung."
+
+The two men, arm in arm, the young writer and the great man, moved
+towards the door of the laboratory.
+
+The detective inspector stood watching the scene with quiet and
+observant eyes.
+
+But Herr Schmoulder surveyed the wreckage of the Thought-Spectroscope,
+and as he turned at length to follow Lord Malvin and Donald Megbie, he
+heaved a deep Teutonic sigh.
+
+"It was der most wonderful triumph that ever der unknown forces occurred
+has been," he muttered.
+
+Then the three men crossed the vast, sombre hall, now filled with
+frightened servants and the stiff official guardians of the law, and
+went out through the path among the laurel bushes to the gate in the
+wall, where their carriages were waiting.
+
+And Donald Megbie, as he drove home through the silent streets of the
+West End, heard a tune in his heart, which responded and lilted to the
+regular beat of the horse's feet upon the macadam. And the burden of the
+tune was "_Love_."
+
+
+_Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, London and Bungay._
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Soul Stealer, by
+Cyril Arthur Edward Ranger Gull
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 40520 ***